1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * eval.c: Expression evaluation. 12 */ 13 #define USING_FLOAT_STUFF 14 15 #include "vim.h" 16 17 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 18 19 #ifdef VMS 20 # include <float.h> 21 #endif 22 23 #define DICT_MAXNEST 100 /* maximum nesting of lists and dicts */ 24 25 static char *e_letunexp = N_("E18: Unexpected characters in :let"); 26 static char *e_undefvar = N_("E121: Undefined variable: %s"); 27 static char *e_missbrac = N_("E111: Missing ']'"); 28 static char *e_dictrange = N_("E719: Cannot use [:] with a Dictionary"); 29 static char *e_letwrong = N_("E734: Wrong variable type for %s="); 30 static char *e_illvar = N_("E461: Illegal variable name: %s"); 31 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 32 static char *e_float_as_string = N_("E806: using Float as a String"); 33 #endif 34 35 #define NAMESPACE_CHAR (char_u *)"abglstvw" 36 37 static dictitem_T globvars_var; /* variable used for g: */ 38 #define globvarht globvardict.dv_hashtab 39 40 /* 41 * Old Vim variables such as "v:version" are also available without the "v:". 42 * Also in functions. We need a special hashtable for them. 43 */ 44 static hashtab_T compat_hashtab; 45 46 /* 47 * When recursively copying lists and dicts we need to remember which ones we 48 * have done to avoid endless recursiveness. This unique ID is used for that. 49 * The last bit is used for previous_funccal, ignored when comparing. 50 */ 51 static int current_copyID = 0; 52 53 /* 54 * Array to hold the hashtab with variables local to each sourced script. 55 * Each item holds a variable (nameless) that points to the dict_T. 56 */ 57 typedef struct 58 { 59 dictitem_T sv_var; 60 dict_T sv_dict; 61 } scriptvar_T; 62 63 static garray_T ga_scripts = {0, 0, sizeof(scriptvar_T *), 4, NULL}; 64 #define SCRIPT_SV(id) (((scriptvar_T **)ga_scripts.ga_data)[(id) - 1]) 65 #define SCRIPT_VARS(id) (SCRIPT_SV(id)->sv_dict.dv_hashtab) 66 67 static int echo_attr = 0; /* attributes used for ":echo" */ 68 69 /* The names of packages that once were loaded are remembered. */ 70 static garray_T ga_loaded = {0, 0, sizeof(char_u *), 4, NULL}; 71 72 /* 73 * Info used by a ":for" loop. 74 */ 75 typedef struct 76 { 77 int fi_semicolon; /* TRUE if ending in '; var]' */ 78 int fi_varcount; /* nr of variables in the list */ 79 listwatch_T fi_lw; /* keep an eye on the item used. */ 80 list_T *fi_list; /* list being used */ 81 } forinfo_T; 82 83 84 /* 85 * Array to hold the value of v: variables. 86 * The value is in a dictitem, so that it can also be used in the v: scope. 87 * The reason to use this table anyway is for very quick access to the 88 * variables with the VV_ defines. 89 */ 90 91 /* values for vv_flags: */ 92 #define VV_COMPAT 1 /* compatible, also used without "v:" */ 93 #define VV_RO 2 /* read-only */ 94 #define VV_RO_SBX 4 /* read-only in the sandbox */ 95 96 #define VV_NAME(s, t) s, {{t, 0, {0}}, 0, {0}} 97 98 static struct vimvar 99 { 100 char *vv_name; /* name of variable, without v: */ 101 dictitem16_T vv_di; /* value and name for key (max 16 chars!) */ 102 char vv_flags; /* VV_COMPAT, VV_RO, VV_RO_SBX */ 103 } vimvars[VV_LEN] = 104 { 105 /* 106 * The order here must match the VV_ defines in vim.h! 107 * Initializing a union does not work, leave tv.vval empty to get zero's. 108 */ 109 {VV_NAME("count", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 110 {VV_NAME("count1", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 111 {VV_NAME("prevcount", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 112 {VV_NAME("errmsg", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 113 {VV_NAME("warningmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 114 {VV_NAME("statusmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 115 {VV_NAME("shell_error", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 116 {VV_NAME("this_session", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 117 {VV_NAME("version", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 118 {VV_NAME("lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 119 {VV_NAME("termresponse", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 120 {VV_NAME("fname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 121 {VV_NAME("lang", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 122 {VV_NAME("lc_time", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 123 {VV_NAME("ctype", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 124 {VV_NAME("charconvert_from", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 125 {VV_NAME("charconvert_to", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 126 {VV_NAME("fname_in", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 127 {VV_NAME("fname_out", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 128 {VV_NAME("fname_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 129 {VV_NAME("fname_diff", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 130 {VV_NAME("cmdarg", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 131 {VV_NAME("foldstart", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 132 {VV_NAME("foldend", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 133 {VV_NAME("folddashes", VAR_STRING), VV_RO_SBX}, 134 {VV_NAME("foldlevel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 135 {VV_NAME("progname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 136 {VV_NAME("servername", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 137 {VV_NAME("dying", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 138 {VV_NAME("exception", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 139 {VV_NAME("throwpoint", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 140 {VV_NAME("register", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 141 {VV_NAME("cmdbang", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 142 {VV_NAME("insertmode", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 143 {VV_NAME("val", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 144 {VV_NAME("key", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 145 {VV_NAME("profiling", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 146 {VV_NAME("fcs_reason", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 147 {VV_NAME("fcs_choice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 148 {VV_NAME("beval_bufnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 149 {VV_NAME("beval_winnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 150 {VV_NAME("beval_winid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 151 {VV_NAME("beval_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 152 {VV_NAME("beval_col", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 153 {VV_NAME("beval_text", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 154 {VV_NAME("scrollstart", VAR_STRING), 0}, 155 {VV_NAME("swapname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 156 {VV_NAME("swapchoice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 157 {VV_NAME("swapcommand", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 158 {VV_NAME("char", VAR_STRING), 0}, 159 {VV_NAME("mouse_win", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 160 {VV_NAME("mouse_winid", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 161 {VV_NAME("mouse_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 162 {VV_NAME("mouse_col", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 163 {VV_NAME("operator", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 164 {VV_NAME("searchforward", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 165 {VV_NAME("hlsearch", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 166 {VV_NAME("oldfiles", VAR_LIST), 0}, 167 {VV_NAME("windowid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 168 {VV_NAME("progpath", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 169 {VV_NAME("completed_item", VAR_DICT), VV_RO}, 170 {VV_NAME("option_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 171 {VV_NAME("option_old", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 172 {VV_NAME("option_type", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 173 {VV_NAME("errors", VAR_LIST), 0}, 174 {VV_NAME("false", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 175 {VV_NAME("true", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 176 {VV_NAME("null", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 177 {VV_NAME("none", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 178 {VV_NAME("vim_did_enter", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 179 {VV_NAME("testing", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 180 {VV_NAME("t_number", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 181 {VV_NAME("t_string", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 182 {VV_NAME("t_func", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 183 {VV_NAME("t_list", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 184 {VV_NAME("t_dict", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 185 {VV_NAME("t_float", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 186 {VV_NAME("t_bool", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 187 {VV_NAME("t_none", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 188 {VV_NAME("t_job", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 189 {VV_NAME("t_channel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 190 }; 191 192 /* shorthand */ 193 #define vv_type vv_di.di_tv.v_type 194 #define vv_nr vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_number 195 #define vv_float vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_float 196 #define vv_str vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_string 197 #define vv_list vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_list 198 #define vv_dict vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_dict 199 #define vv_tv vv_di.di_tv 200 201 static dictitem_T vimvars_var; /* variable used for v: */ 202 #define vimvarht vimvardict.dv_hashtab 203 204 static int ex_let_vars(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, int semicolon, int var_count, char_u *nextchars); 205 static char_u *skip_var_list(char_u *arg, int *var_count, int *semicolon); 206 static char_u *skip_var_one(char_u *arg); 207 static void list_glob_vars(int *first); 208 static void list_buf_vars(int *first); 209 static void list_win_vars(int *first); 210 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 211 static void list_tab_vars(int *first); 212 #endif 213 static void list_vim_vars(int *first); 214 static void list_script_vars(int *first); 215 static char_u *list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first); 216 static char_u *ex_let_one(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, char_u *endchars, char_u *op); 217 static void set_var_lval(lval_T *lp, char_u *endp, typval_T *rettv, int copy, char_u *op); 218 static int tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op); 219 static void ex_unletlock(exarg_T *eap, char_u *argstart, int deep); 220 static int do_unlet_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int forceit); 221 static int do_lock_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int deep, int lock); 222 static void item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock); 223 224 static int eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 225 static int eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 226 static int eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 227 static int eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 228 static int eval6(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 229 static int eval7(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 230 231 static int eval_index(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int verbose); 232 static int get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 233 static int get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 234 static int free_unref_items(int copyID); 235 static int get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 236 static int get_env_len(char_u **arg); 237 static char_u * make_expanded_name(char_u *in_start, char_u *expr_start, char_u *expr_end, char_u *in_end); 238 static void check_vars(char_u *name, int len); 239 static typval_T *alloc_string_tv(char_u *string); 240 static void delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi); 241 static void list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char_u *prefix, int *first); 242 static void list_one_var_a(char_u *prefix, char_u *name, int type, char_u *string, int *first); 243 static char_u *find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags); 244 245 /* for VIM_VERSION_ defines */ 246 #include "version.h" 247 248 249 #if defined(EBCDIC) || defined(PROTO) 250 /* 251 * Compare struct fst by function name. 252 */ 253 static int 254 compare_func_name(const void *s1, const void *s2) 255 { 256 struct fst *p1 = (struct fst *)s1; 257 struct fst *p2 = (struct fst *)s2; 258 259 return STRCMP(p1->f_name, p2->f_name); 260 } 261 262 /* 263 * Sort the function table by function name. 264 * The sorting of the table above is ASCII dependant. 265 * On machines using EBCDIC we have to sort it. 266 */ 267 static void 268 sortFunctions(void) 269 { 270 int funcCnt = (int)(sizeof(functions) / sizeof(struct fst)) - 1; 271 272 qsort(functions, (size_t)funcCnt, sizeof(struct fst), compare_func_name); 273 } 274 #endif 275 276 277 /* 278 * Initialize the global and v: variables. 279 */ 280 void 281 eval_init(void) 282 { 283 int i; 284 struct vimvar *p; 285 286 init_var_dict(&globvardict, &globvars_var, VAR_DEF_SCOPE); 287 init_var_dict(&vimvardict, &vimvars_var, VAR_SCOPE); 288 vimvardict.dv_lock = VAR_FIXED; 289 hash_init(&compat_hashtab); 290 func_init(); 291 292 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 293 { 294 p = &vimvars[i]; 295 if (STRLEN(p->vv_name) > 16) 296 { 297 IEMSG("INTERNAL: name too long, increase size of dictitem16_T"); 298 getout(1); 299 } 300 STRCPY(p->vv_di.di_key, p->vv_name); 301 if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO) 302 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 303 else if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO_SBX) 304 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 305 else 306 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_FIX; 307 308 /* add to v: scope dict, unless the value is not always available */ 309 if (p->vv_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 310 hash_add(&vimvarht, p->vv_di.di_key); 311 if (p->vv_flags & VV_COMPAT) 312 /* add to compat scope dict */ 313 hash_add(&compat_hashtab, p->vv_di.di_key); 314 } 315 vimvars[VV_VERSION].vv_nr = VIM_VERSION_100; 316 317 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SEARCHFORWARD, 1L); 318 set_vim_var_nr(VV_HLSEARCH, 1L); 319 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc()); 320 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 321 322 set_vim_var_nr(VV_FALSE, VVAL_FALSE); 323 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TRUE, VVAL_TRUE); 324 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NONE, VVAL_NONE); 325 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NULL, VVAL_NULL); 326 327 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NUMBER, VAR_TYPE_NUMBER); 328 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_STRING, VAR_TYPE_STRING); 329 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FUNC, VAR_TYPE_FUNC); 330 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_LIST, VAR_TYPE_LIST); 331 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_DICT, VAR_TYPE_DICT); 332 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FLOAT, VAR_TYPE_FLOAT); 333 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_BOOL, VAR_TYPE_BOOL); 334 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NONE, VAR_TYPE_NONE); 335 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_JOB, VAR_TYPE_JOB); 336 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_CHANNEL, VAR_TYPE_CHANNEL); 337 338 set_reg_var(0); /* default for v:register is not 0 but '"' */ 339 340 #ifdef EBCDIC 341 /* 342 * Sort the function table, to enable binary search. 343 */ 344 sortFunctions(); 345 #endif 346 } 347 348 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 349 void 350 eval_clear(void) 351 { 352 int i; 353 struct vimvar *p; 354 355 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 356 { 357 p = &vimvars[i]; 358 if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 359 { 360 vim_free(p->vv_str); 361 p->vv_str = NULL; 362 } 363 else if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 364 { 365 list_unref(p->vv_list); 366 p->vv_list = NULL; 367 } 368 } 369 hash_clear(&vimvarht); 370 hash_init(&vimvarht); /* garbage_collect() will access it */ 371 hash_clear(&compat_hashtab); 372 373 free_scriptnames(); 374 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) 375 free_locales(); 376 # endif 377 378 /* global variables */ 379 vars_clear(&globvarht); 380 381 /* autoloaded script names */ 382 ga_clear_strings(&ga_loaded); 383 384 /* Script-local variables. First clear all the variables and in a second 385 * loop free the scriptvar_T, because a variable in one script might hold 386 * a reference to the whole scope of another script. */ 387 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 388 vars_clear(&SCRIPT_VARS(i)); 389 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 390 vim_free(SCRIPT_SV(i)); 391 ga_clear(&ga_scripts); 392 393 /* unreferenced lists and dicts */ 394 (void)garbage_collect(FALSE); 395 396 /* functions */ 397 free_all_functions(); 398 } 399 #endif 400 401 402 /* 403 * Set an internal variable to a string value. Creates the variable if it does 404 * not already exist. 405 */ 406 void 407 set_internal_string_var(char_u *name, char_u *value) 408 { 409 char_u *val; 410 typval_T *tvp; 411 412 val = vim_strsave(value); 413 if (val != NULL) 414 { 415 tvp = alloc_string_tv(val); 416 if (tvp != NULL) 417 { 418 set_var(name, tvp, FALSE); 419 free_tv(tvp); 420 } 421 } 422 } 423 424 static lval_T *redir_lval = NULL; 425 #define EVALCMD_BUSY (redir_lval == (lval_T *)&redir_lval) 426 static garray_T redir_ga; /* only valid when redir_lval is not NULL */ 427 static char_u *redir_endp = NULL; 428 static char_u *redir_varname = NULL; 429 430 /* 431 * Start recording command output to a variable 432 * When "append" is TRUE append to an existing variable. 433 * Returns OK if successfully completed the setup. FAIL otherwise. 434 */ 435 int 436 var_redir_start(char_u *name, int append) 437 { 438 int save_emsg; 439 int err; 440 typval_T tv; 441 442 /* Catch a bad name early. */ 443 if (!eval_isnamec1(*name)) 444 { 445 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 446 return FAIL; 447 } 448 449 /* Make a copy of the name, it is used in redir_lval until redir ends. */ 450 redir_varname = vim_strsave(name); 451 if (redir_varname == NULL) 452 return FAIL; 453 454 redir_lval = (lval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(lval_T)); 455 if (redir_lval == NULL) 456 { 457 var_redir_stop(); 458 return FAIL; 459 } 460 461 /* The output is stored in growarray "redir_ga" until redirection ends. */ 462 ga_init2(&redir_ga, (int)sizeof(char), 500); 463 464 /* Parse the variable name (can be a dict or list entry). */ 465 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, FALSE, FALSE, 0, 466 FNE_CHECK_START); 467 if (redir_endp == NULL || redir_lval->ll_name == NULL || *redir_endp != NUL) 468 { 469 clear_lval(redir_lval); 470 if (redir_endp != NULL && *redir_endp != NUL) 471 /* Trailing characters are present after the variable name */ 472 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 473 else 474 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 475 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 476 var_redir_stop(); 477 return FAIL; 478 } 479 480 /* check if we can write to the variable: set it to or append an empty 481 * string */ 482 save_emsg = did_emsg; 483 did_emsg = FALSE; 484 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 485 tv.vval.v_string = (char_u *)""; 486 if (append) 487 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"."); 488 else 489 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"="); 490 clear_lval(redir_lval); 491 err = did_emsg; 492 did_emsg |= save_emsg; 493 if (err) 494 { 495 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 496 var_redir_stop(); 497 return FAIL; 498 } 499 500 return OK; 501 } 502 503 /* 504 * Append "value[value_len]" to the variable set by var_redir_start(). 505 * The actual appending is postponed until redirection ends, because the value 506 * appended may in fact be the string we write to, changing it may cause freed 507 * memory to be used: 508 * :redir => foo 509 * :let foo 510 * :redir END 511 */ 512 void 513 var_redir_str(char_u *value, int value_len) 514 { 515 int len; 516 517 if (redir_lval == NULL) 518 return; 519 520 if (value_len == -1) 521 len = (int)STRLEN(value); /* Append the entire string */ 522 else 523 len = value_len; /* Append only "value_len" characters */ 524 525 if (ga_grow(&redir_ga, len) == OK) 526 { 527 mch_memmove((char *)redir_ga.ga_data + redir_ga.ga_len, value, len); 528 redir_ga.ga_len += len; 529 } 530 else 531 var_redir_stop(); 532 } 533 534 /* 535 * Stop redirecting command output to a variable. 536 * Frees the allocated memory. 537 */ 538 void 539 var_redir_stop(void) 540 { 541 typval_T tv; 542 543 if (EVALCMD_BUSY) 544 { 545 redir_lval = NULL; 546 return; 547 } 548 549 if (redir_lval != NULL) 550 { 551 /* If there was no error: assign the text to the variable. */ 552 if (redir_endp != NULL) 553 { 554 ga_append(&redir_ga, NUL); /* Append the trailing NUL. */ 555 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 556 tv.vval.v_string = redir_ga.ga_data; 557 /* Call get_lval() again, if it's inside a Dict or List it may 558 * have changed. */ 559 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, 560 FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 561 if (redir_endp != NULL && redir_lval->ll_name != NULL) 562 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, FALSE, (char_u *)"."); 563 clear_lval(redir_lval); 564 } 565 566 /* free the collected output */ 567 vim_free(redir_ga.ga_data); 568 redir_ga.ga_data = NULL; 569 570 vim_free(redir_lval); 571 redir_lval = NULL; 572 } 573 vim_free(redir_varname); 574 redir_varname = NULL; 575 } 576 577 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) 578 int 579 eval_charconvert( 580 char_u *enc_from, 581 char_u *enc_to, 582 char_u *fname_from, 583 char_u *fname_to) 584 { 585 int err = FALSE; 586 587 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, enc_from, -1); 588 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, enc_to, -1); 589 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname_from, -1); 590 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, fname_to, -1); 591 if (eval_to_bool(p_ccv, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 592 err = TRUE; 593 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, NULL, -1); 594 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, NULL, -1); 595 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 596 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 597 598 if (err) 599 return FAIL; 600 return OK; 601 } 602 # endif 603 604 # if defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT) || defined(PROTO) 605 int 606 eval_printexpr(char_u *fname, char_u *args) 607 { 608 int err = FALSE; 609 610 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname, -1); 611 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, args, -1); 612 if (eval_to_bool(p_pexpr, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 613 err = TRUE; 614 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 615 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, NULL, -1); 616 617 if (err) 618 { 619 mch_remove(fname); 620 return FAIL; 621 } 622 return OK; 623 } 624 # endif 625 626 # if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO) 627 void 628 eval_diff( 629 char_u *origfile, 630 char_u *newfile, 631 char_u *outfile) 632 { 633 int err = FALSE; 634 635 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 636 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, newfile, -1); 637 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 638 (void)eval_to_bool(p_dex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 639 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 640 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, NULL, -1); 641 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 642 } 643 644 void 645 eval_patch( 646 char_u *origfile, 647 char_u *difffile, 648 char_u *outfile) 649 { 650 int err; 651 652 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 653 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, difffile, -1); 654 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 655 (void)eval_to_bool(p_pex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 656 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 657 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, NULL, -1); 658 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 659 } 660 # endif 661 662 /* 663 * Top level evaluation function, returning a boolean. 664 * Sets "error" to TRUE if there was an error. 665 * Return TRUE or FALSE. 666 */ 667 int 668 eval_to_bool( 669 char_u *arg, 670 int *error, 671 char_u **nextcmd, 672 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 673 { 674 typval_T tv; 675 varnumber_T retval = FALSE; 676 677 if (skip) 678 ++emsg_skip; 679 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL) 680 *error = TRUE; 681 else 682 { 683 *error = FALSE; 684 if (!skip) 685 { 686 retval = (get_tv_number_chk(&tv, error) != 0); 687 clear_tv(&tv); 688 } 689 } 690 if (skip) 691 --emsg_skip; 692 693 return (int)retval; 694 } 695 696 /* 697 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. If "skip" is TRUE, 698 * only parsing to "nextcmd" is done, without reporting errors. Return 699 * pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure or when "skip" is TRUE. 700 */ 701 char_u * 702 eval_to_string_skip( 703 char_u *arg, 704 char_u **nextcmd, 705 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 706 { 707 typval_T tv; 708 char_u *retval; 709 710 if (skip) 711 ++emsg_skip; 712 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL || skip) 713 retval = NULL; 714 else 715 { 716 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&tv)); 717 clear_tv(&tv); 718 } 719 if (skip) 720 --emsg_skip; 721 722 return retval; 723 } 724 725 /* 726 * Skip over an expression at "*pp". 727 * Return FAIL for an error, OK otherwise. 728 */ 729 int 730 skip_expr(char_u **pp) 731 { 732 typval_T rettv; 733 734 *pp = skipwhite(*pp); 735 return eval1(pp, &rettv, FALSE); 736 } 737 738 /* 739 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. 740 * When "convert" is TRUE convert a List into a sequence of lines and convert 741 * a Float to a String. 742 * Return pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure. 743 */ 744 char_u * 745 eval_to_string( 746 char_u *arg, 747 char_u **nextcmd, 748 int convert) 749 { 750 typval_T tv; 751 char_u *retval; 752 garray_T ga; 753 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 754 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 755 #endif 756 757 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 758 retval = NULL; 759 else 760 { 761 if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 762 { 763 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char), 80); 764 if (tv.vval.v_list != NULL) 765 { 766 list_join(&ga, tv.vval.v_list, (char_u *)"\n", TRUE, FALSE, 0); 767 if (tv.vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 768 ga_append(&ga, NL); 769 } 770 ga_append(&ga, NUL); 771 retval = (char_u *)ga.ga_data; 772 } 773 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 774 else if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 775 { 776 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv.vval.v_float); 777 retval = vim_strsave(numbuf); 778 } 779 #endif 780 else 781 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&tv)); 782 clear_tv(&tv); 783 } 784 785 return retval; 786 } 787 788 /* 789 * Call eval_to_string() without using current local variables and using 790 * textlock. When "use_sandbox" is TRUE use the sandbox. 791 */ 792 char_u * 793 eval_to_string_safe( 794 char_u *arg, 795 char_u **nextcmd, 796 int use_sandbox) 797 { 798 char_u *retval; 799 void *save_funccalp; 800 801 save_funccalp = save_funccal(); 802 if (use_sandbox) 803 ++sandbox; 804 ++textlock; 805 retval = eval_to_string(arg, nextcmd, FALSE); 806 if (use_sandbox) 807 --sandbox; 808 --textlock; 809 restore_funccal(save_funccalp); 810 return retval; 811 } 812 813 /* 814 * Top level evaluation function, returning a number. 815 * Evaluates "expr" silently. 816 * Returns -1 for an error. 817 */ 818 varnumber_T 819 eval_to_number(char_u *expr) 820 { 821 typval_T rettv; 822 varnumber_T retval; 823 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 824 825 ++emsg_off; 826 827 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 828 retval = -1; 829 else 830 { 831 retval = get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 832 clear_tv(&rettv); 833 } 834 --emsg_off; 835 836 return retval; 837 } 838 839 /* 840 * Prepare v: variable "idx" to be used. 841 * Save the current typeval in "save_tv". 842 * When not used yet add the variable to the v: hashtable. 843 */ 844 static void 845 prepare_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 846 { 847 *save_tv = vimvars[idx].vv_tv; 848 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 849 hash_add(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 850 } 851 852 /* 853 * Restore v: variable "idx" to typeval "save_tv". 854 * When no longer defined, remove the variable from the v: hashtable. 855 */ 856 static void 857 restore_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 858 { 859 hashitem_T *hi; 860 861 vimvars[idx].vv_tv = *save_tv; 862 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 863 { 864 hi = hash_find(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 865 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 866 internal_error("restore_vimvar()"); 867 else 868 hash_remove(&vimvarht, hi); 869 } 870 } 871 872 #if defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) 873 /* 874 * Evaluate an expression to a list with suggestions. 875 * For the "expr:" part of 'spellsuggest'. 876 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 877 */ 878 list_T * 879 eval_spell_expr(char_u *badword, char_u *expr) 880 { 881 typval_T save_val; 882 typval_T rettv; 883 list_T *list = NULL; 884 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 885 886 /* Set "v:val" to the bad word. */ 887 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 888 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 889 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_str = badword; 890 if (p_verbose == 0) 891 ++emsg_off; 892 893 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == OK) 894 { 895 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 896 clear_tv(&rettv); 897 else 898 list = rettv.vval.v_list; 899 } 900 901 if (p_verbose == 0) 902 --emsg_off; 903 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 904 905 return list; 906 } 907 908 /* 909 * "list" is supposed to contain two items: a word and a number. Return the 910 * word in "pp" and the number as the return value. 911 * Return -1 if anything isn't right. 912 * Used to get the good word and score from the eval_spell_expr() result. 913 */ 914 int 915 get_spellword(list_T *list, char_u **pp) 916 { 917 listitem_T *li; 918 919 li = list->lv_first; 920 if (li == NULL) 921 return -1; 922 *pp = get_tv_string(&li->li_tv); 923 924 li = li->li_next; 925 if (li == NULL) 926 return -1; 927 return (int)get_tv_number(&li->li_tv); 928 } 929 #endif 930 931 /* 932 * Top level evaluation function. 933 * Returns an allocated typval_T with the result. 934 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 935 */ 936 typval_T * 937 eval_expr(char_u *arg, char_u **nextcmd) 938 { 939 typval_T *tv; 940 941 tv = (typval_T *)alloc(sizeof(typval_T)); 942 if (tv != NULL && eval0(arg, tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 943 { 944 vim_free(tv); 945 tv = NULL; 946 } 947 948 return tv; 949 } 950 951 952 /* 953 * Call some Vim script function and return the result in "*rettv". 954 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. Only Number and String 955 * arguments are currently supported. 956 * Returns OK or FAIL. 957 */ 958 int 959 call_vim_function( 960 char_u *func, 961 int argc, 962 char_u **argv, 963 int safe, /* use the sandbox */ 964 int str_arg_only, /* all arguments are strings */ 965 typval_T *rettv) 966 { 967 typval_T *argvars; 968 varnumber_T n; 969 int len; 970 int i; 971 int doesrange; 972 void *save_funccalp = NULL; 973 int ret; 974 975 argvars = (typval_T *)alloc((unsigned)((argc + 1) * sizeof(typval_T))); 976 if (argvars == NULL) 977 return FAIL; 978 979 for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) 980 { 981 /* Pass a NULL or empty argument as an empty string */ 982 if (argv[i] == NULL || *argv[i] == NUL) 983 { 984 argvars[i].v_type = VAR_STRING; 985 argvars[i].vval.v_string = (char_u *)""; 986 continue; 987 } 988 989 if (str_arg_only) 990 len = 0; 991 else 992 /* Recognize a number argument, the others must be strings. */ 993 vim_str2nr(argv[i], NULL, &len, STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 994 if (len != 0 && len == (int)STRLEN(argv[i])) 995 { 996 argvars[i].v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 997 argvars[i].vval.v_number = n; 998 } 999 else 1000 { 1001 argvars[i].v_type = VAR_STRING; 1002 argvars[i].vval.v_string = argv[i]; 1003 } 1004 } 1005 1006 if (safe) 1007 { 1008 save_funccalp = save_funccal(); 1009 ++sandbox; 1010 } 1011 1012 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; /* clear_tv() uses this */ 1013 ret = call_func(func, (int)STRLEN(func), rettv, argc, argvars, NULL, 1014 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1015 &doesrange, TRUE, NULL, NULL); 1016 if (safe) 1017 { 1018 --sandbox; 1019 restore_funccal(save_funccalp); 1020 } 1021 vim_free(argvars); 1022 1023 if (ret == FAIL) 1024 clear_tv(rettv); 1025 1026 return ret; 1027 } 1028 1029 /* 1030 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a number. 1031 * Returns -1 when calling the function fails. 1032 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. 1033 */ 1034 varnumber_T 1035 call_func_retnr( 1036 char_u *func, 1037 int argc, 1038 char_u **argv, 1039 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1040 { 1041 typval_T rettv; 1042 varnumber_T retval; 1043 1044 /* All arguments are passed as strings, no conversion to number. */ 1045 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, safe, TRUE, &rettv) == FAIL) 1046 return -1; 1047 1048 retval = get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 1049 clear_tv(&rettv); 1050 return retval; 1051 } 1052 1053 #if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) \ 1054 || defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(PROTO) 1055 1056 # if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) || defined(PROTO) 1057 /* 1058 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a string. 1059 * Returns NULL when calling the function fails. 1060 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. 1061 */ 1062 void * 1063 call_func_retstr( 1064 char_u *func, 1065 int argc, 1066 char_u **argv, 1067 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1068 { 1069 typval_T rettv; 1070 char_u *retval; 1071 1072 /* All arguments are passed as strings, no conversion to number. */ 1073 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, safe, TRUE, &rettv) == FAIL) 1074 return NULL; 1075 1076 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&rettv)); 1077 clear_tv(&rettv); 1078 return retval; 1079 } 1080 # endif 1081 1082 /* 1083 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a List. 1084 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. 1085 * Returns NULL when there is something wrong. 1086 */ 1087 void * 1088 call_func_retlist( 1089 char_u *func, 1090 int argc, 1091 char_u **argv, 1092 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1093 { 1094 typval_T rettv; 1095 1096 /* All arguments are passed as strings, no conversion to number. */ 1097 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, safe, TRUE, &rettv) == FAIL) 1098 return NULL; 1099 1100 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 1101 { 1102 clear_tv(&rettv); 1103 return NULL; 1104 } 1105 1106 return rettv.vval.v_list; 1107 } 1108 #endif 1109 1110 1111 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1112 /* 1113 * Evaluate 'foldexpr'. Returns the foldlevel, and any character preceding 1114 * it in "*cp". Doesn't give error messages. 1115 */ 1116 int 1117 eval_foldexpr(char_u *arg, int *cp) 1118 { 1119 typval_T tv; 1120 varnumber_T retval; 1121 char_u *s; 1122 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"foldexpr", 1123 OPT_LOCAL); 1124 1125 ++emsg_off; 1126 if (use_sandbox) 1127 ++sandbox; 1128 ++textlock; 1129 *cp = NUL; 1130 if (eval0(arg, &tv, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL) 1131 retval = 0; 1132 else 1133 { 1134 /* If the result is a number, just return the number. */ 1135 if (tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 1136 retval = tv.vval.v_number; 1137 else if (tv.v_type != VAR_STRING || tv.vval.v_string == NULL) 1138 retval = 0; 1139 else 1140 { 1141 /* If the result is a string, check if there is a non-digit before 1142 * the number. */ 1143 s = tv.vval.v_string; 1144 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*s) && *s != '-') 1145 *cp = *s++; 1146 retval = atol((char *)s); 1147 } 1148 clear_tv(&tv); 1149 } 1150 --emsg_off; 1151 if (use_sandbox) 1152 --sandbox; 1153 --textlock; 1154 1155 return (int)retval; 1156 } 1157 #endif 1158 1159 /* 1160 * ":let" list all variable values 1161 * ":let var1 var2" list variable values 1162 * ":let var = expr" assignment command. 1163 * ":let var += expr" assignment command. 1164 * ":let var -= expr" assignment command. 1165 * ":let var .= expr" assignment command. 1166 * ":let [var1, var2] = expr" unpack list. 1167 */ 1168 void 1169 ex_let(exarg_T *eap) 1170 { 1171 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 1172 char_u *expr = NULL; 1173 typval_T rettv; 1174 int i; 1175 int var_count = 0; 1176 int semicolon = 0; 1177 char_u op[2]; 1178 char_u *argend; 1179 int first = TRUE; 1180 1181 argend = skip_var_list(arg, &var_count, &semicolon); 1182 if (argend == NULL) 1183 return; 1184 if (argend > arg && argend[-1] == '.') /* for var.='str' */ 1185 --argend; 1186 expr = skipwhite(argend); 1187 if (*expr != '=' && !(vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-.", *expr) != NULL 1188 && expr[1] == '=')) 1189 { 1190 /* 1191 * ":let" without "=": list variables 1192 */ 1193 if (*arg == '[') 1194 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 1195 else if (!ends_excmd(*arg)) 1196 /* ":let var1 var2" */ 1197 arg = list_arg_vars(eap, arg, &first); 1198 else if (!eap->skip) 1199 { 1200 /* ":let" */ 1201 list_glob_vars(&first); 1202 list_buf_vars(&first); 1203 list_win_vars(&first); 1204 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1205 list_tab_vars(&first); 1206 #endif 1207 list_script_vars(&first); 1208 list_func_vars(&first); 1209 list_vim_vars(&first); 1210 } 1211 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 1212 } 1213 else 1214 { 1215 op[0] = '='; 1216 op[1] = NUL; 1217 if (*expr != '=') 1218 { 1219 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-.", *expr) != NULL) 1220 op[0] = *expr; /* +=, -= or .= */ 1221 expr = skipwhite(expr + 2); 1222 } 1223 else 1224 expr = skipwhite(expr + 1); 1225 1226 if (eap->skip) 1227 ++emsg_skip; 1228 i = eval0(expr, &rettv, &eap->nextcmd, !eap->skip); 1229 if (eap->skip) 1230 { 1231 if (i != FAIL) 1232 clear_tv(&rettv); 1233 --emsg_skip; 1234 } 1235 else if (i != FAIL) 1236 { 1237 (void)ex_let_vars(eap->arg, &rettv, FALSE, semicolon, var_count, 1238 op); 1239 clear_tv(&rettv); 1240 } 1241 } 1242 } 1243 1244 /* 1245 * Assign the typevalue "tv" to the variable or variables at "arg_start". 1246 * Handles both "var" with any type and "[var, var; var]" with a list type. 1247 * When "nextchars" is not NULL it points to a string with characters that 1248 * must appear after the variable(s). Use "+", "-" or "." for add, subtract 1249 * or concatenate. 1250 * Returns OK or FAIL; 1251 */ 1252 static int 1253 ex_let_vars( 1254 char_u *arg_start, 1255 typval_T *tv, 1256 int copy, /* copy values from "tv", don't move */ 1257 int semicolon, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1258 int var_count, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1259 char_u *nextchars) 1260 { 1261 char_u *arg = arg_start; 1262 list_T *l; 1263 int i; 1264 listitem_T *item; 1265 typval_T ltv; 1266 1267 if (*arg != '[') 1268 { 1269 /* 1270 * ":let var = expr" or ":for var in list" 1271 */ 1272 if (ex_let_one(arg, tv, copy, nextchars, nextchars) == NULL) 1273 return FAIL; 1274 return OK; 1275 } 1276 1277 /* 1278 * ":let [v1, v2] = list" or ":for [v1, v2] in listlist" 1279 */ 1280 if (tv->v_type != VAR_LIST || (l = tv->vval.v_list) == NULL) 1281 { 1282 EMSG(_(e_listreq)); 1283 return FAIL; 1284 } 1285 1286 i = list_len(l); 1287 if (semicolon == 0 && var_count < i) 1288 { 1289 EMSG(_("E687: Less targets than List items")); 1290 return FAIL; 1291 } 1292 if (var_count - semicolon > i) 1293 { 1294 EMSG(_("E688: More targets than List items")); 1295 return FAIL; 1296 } 1297 1298 item = l->lv_first; 1299 while (*arg != ']') 1300 { 1301 arg = skipwhite(arg + 1); 1302 arg = ex_let_one(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, (char_u *)",;]", nextchars); 1303 item = item->li_next; 1304 if (arg == NULL) 1305 return FAIL; 1306 1307 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1308 if (*arg == ';') 1309 { 1310 /* Put the rest of the list (may be empty) in the var after ';'. 1311 * Create a new list for this. */ 1312 l = list_alloc(); 1313 if (l == NULL) 1314 return FAIL; 1315 while (item != NULL) 1316 { 1317 list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv); 1318 item = item->li_next; 1319 } 1320 1321 ltv.v_type = VAR_LIST; 1322 ltv.v_lock = 0; 1323 ltv.vval.v_list = l; 1324 l->lv_refcount = 1; 1325 1326 arg = ex_let_one(skipwhite(arg + 1), <v, FALSE, 1327 (char_u *)"]", nextchars); 1328 clear_tv(<v); 1329 if (arg == NULL) 1330 return FAIL; 1331 break; 1332 } 1333 else if (*arg != ',' && *arg != ']') 1334 { 1335 internal_error("ex_let_vars()"); 1336 return FAIL; 1337 } 1338 } 1339 1340 return OK; 1341 } 1342 1343 /* 1344 * Skip over assignable variable "var" or list of variables "[var, var]". 1345 * Used for ":let varvar = expr" and ":for varvar in expr". 1346 * For "[var, var]" increment "*var_count" for each variable. 1347 * for "[var, var; var]" set "semicolon". 1348 * Return NULL for an error. 1349 */ 1350 static char_u * 1351 skip_var_list( 1352 char_u *arg, 1353 int *var_count, 1354 int *semicolon) 1355 { 1356 char_u *p, *s; 1357 1358 if (*arg == '[') 1359 { 1360 /* "[var, var]": find the matching ']'. */ 1361 p = arg; 1362 for (;;) 1363 { 1364 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip whites after '[', ';' or ',' */ 1365 s = skip_var_one(p); 1366 if (s == p) 1367 { 1368 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 1369 return NULL; 1370 } 1371 ++*var_count; 1372 1373 p = skipwhite(s); 1374 if (*p == ']') 1375 break; 1376 else if (*p == ';') 1377 { 1378 if (*semicolon == 1) 1379 { 1380 EMSG(_("Double ; in list of variables")); 1381 return NULL; 1382 } 1383 *semicolon = 1; 1384 } 1385 else if (*p != ',') 1386 { 1387 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 1388 return NULL; 1389 } 1390 } 1391 return p + 1; 1392 } 1393 else 1394 return skip_var_one(arg); 1395 } 1396 1397 /* 1398 * Skip one (assignable) variable name, including @r, $VAR, &option, d.key, 1399 * l[idx]. 1400 */ 1401 static char_u * 1402 skip_var_one(char_u *arg) 1403 { 1404 if (*arg == '@' && arg[1] != NUL) 1405 return arg + 2; 1406 return find_name_end(*arg == '$' || *arg == '&' ? arg + 1 : arg, 1407 NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1408 } 1409 1410 /* 1411 * List variables for hashtab "ht" with prefix "prefix". 1412 * If "empty" is TRUE also list NULL strings as empty strings. 1413 */ 1414 void 1415 list_hashtable_vars( 1416 hashtab_T *ht, 1417 char_u *prefix, 1418 int empty, 1419 int *first) 1420 { 1421 hashitem_T *hi; 1422 dictitem_T *di; 1423 int todo; 1424 1425 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 1426 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 1427 { 1428 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 1429 { 1430 --todo; 1431 di = HI2DI(hi); 1432 if (empty || di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_STRING 1433 || di->di_tv.vval.v_string != NULL) 1434 list_one_var(di, prefix, first); 1435 } 1436 } 1437 } 1438 1439 /* 1440 * List global variables. 1441 */ 1442 static void 1443 list_glob_vars(int *first) 1444 { 1445 list_hashtable_vars(&globvarht, (char_u *)"", TRUE, first); 1446 } 1447 1448 /* 1449 * List buffer variables. 1450 */ 1451 static void 1452 list_buf_vars(int *first) 1453 { 1454 list_hashtable_vars(&curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab, (char_u *)"b:", 1455 TRUE, first); 1456 } 1457 1458 /* 1459 * List window variables. 1460 */ 1461 static void 1462 list_win_vars(int *first) 1463 { 1464 list_hashtable_vars(&curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab, 1465 (char_u *)"w:", TRUE, first); 1466 } 1467 1468 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1469 /* 1470 * List tab page variables. 1471 */ 1472 static void 1473 list_tab_vars(int *first) 1474 { 1475 list_hashtable_vars(&curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab, 1476 (char_u *)"t:", TRUE, first); 1477 } 1478 #endif 1479 1480 /* 1481 * List Vim variables. 1482 */ 1483 static void 1484 list_vim_vars(int *first) 1485 { 1486 list_hashtable_vars(&vimvarht, (char_u *)"v:", FALSE, first); 1487 } 1488 1489 /* 1490 * List script-local variables, if there is a script. 1491 */ 1492 static void 1493 list_script_vars(int *first) 1494 { 1495 if (current_SID > 0 && current_SID <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 1496 list_hashtable_vars(&SCRIPT_VARS(current_SID), 1497 (char_u *)"s:", FALSE, first); 1498 } 1499 1500 /* 1501 * List variables in "arg". 1502 */ 1503 static char_u * 1504 list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first) 1505 { 1506 int error = FALSE; 1507 int len; 1508 char_u *name; 1509 char_u *name_start; 1510 char_u *arg_subsc; 1511 char_u *tofree; 1512 typval_T tv; 1513 1514 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int) 1515 { 1516 if (error || eap->skip) 1517 { 1518 arg = find_name_end(arg, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1519 if (!VIM_ISWHITE(*arg) && !ends_excmd(*arg)) 1520 { 1521 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1522 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 1523 break; 1524 } 1525 } 1526 else 1527 { 1528 /* get_name_len() takes care of expanding curly braces */ 1529 name_start = name = arg; 1530 len = get_name_len(&arg, &tofree, TRUE, TRUE); 1531 if (len <= 0) 1532 { 1533 /* This is mainly to keep test 49 working: when expanding 1534 * curly braces fails overrule the exception error message. */ 1535 if (len < 0 && !aborting()) 1536 { 1537 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1538 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1539 break; 1540 } 1541 error = TRUE; 1542 } 1543 else 1544 { 1545 if (tofree != NULL) 1546 name = tofree; 1547 if (get_var_tv(name, len, &tv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1548 error = TRUE; 1549 else 1550 { 1551 /* handle d.key, l[idx], f(expr) */ 1552 arg_subsc = arg; 1553 if (handle_subscript(&arg, &tv, TRUE, TRUE) == FAIL) 1554 error = TRUE; 1555 else 1556 { 1557 if (arg == arg_subsc && len == 2 && name[1] == ':') 1558 { 1559 switch (*name) 1560 { 1561 case 'g': list_glob_vars(first); break; 1562 case 'b': list_buf_vars(first); break; 1563 case 'w': list_win_vars(first); break; 1564 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1565 case 't': list_tab_vars(first); break; 1566 #endif 1567 case 'v': list_vim_vars(first); break; 1568 case 's': list_script_vars(first); break; 1569 case 'l': list_func_vars(first); break; 1570 default: 1571 EMSG2(_("E738: Can't list variables for %s"), name); 1572 } 1573 } 1574 else 1575 { 1576 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 1577 char_u *tf; 1578 int c; 1579 char_u *s; 1580 1581 s = echo_string(&tv, &tf, numbuf, 0); 1582 c = *arg; 1583 *arg = NUL; 1584 list_one_var_a((char_u *)"", 1585 arg == arg_subsc ? name : name_start, 1586 tv.v_type, 1587 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, 1588 first); 1589 *arg = c; 1590 vim_free(tf); 1591 } 1592 clear_tv(&tv); 1593 } 1594 } 1595 } 1596 1597 vim_free(tofree); 1598 } 1599 1600 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1601 } 1602 1603 return arg; 1604 } 1605 1606 /* 1607 * Set one item of ":let var = expr" or ":let [v1, v2] = list" to its value. 1608 * Returns a pointer to the char just after the var name. 1609 * Returns NULL if there is an error. 1610 */ 1611 static char_u * 1612 ex_let_one( 1613 char_u *arg, /* points to variable name */ 1614 typval_T *tv, /* value to assign to variable */ 1615 int copy, /* copy value from "tv" */ 1616 char_u *endchars, /* valid chars after variable name or NULL */ 1617 char_u *op) /* "+", "-", "." or NULL*/ 1618 { 1619 int c1; 1620 char_u *name; 1621 char_u *p; 1622 char_u *arg_end = NULL; 1623 int len; 1624 int opt_flags; 1625 char_u *tofree = NULL; 1626 1627 /* 1628 * ":let $VAR = expr": Set environment variable. 1629 */ 1630 if (*arg == '$') 1631 { 1632 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1633 ++arg; 1634 name = arg; 1635 len = get_env_len(&arg); 1636 if (len == 0) 1637 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name - 1); 1638 else 1639 { 1640 if (op != NULL && (*op == '+' || *op == '-')) 1641 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1642 else if (endchars != NULL 1643 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg)) == NULL) 1644 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1645 else if (!check_secure()) 1646 { 1647 c1 = name[len]; 1648 name[len] = NUL; 1649 p = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 1650 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1651 { 1652 int mustfree = FALSE; 1653 char_u *s = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 1654 1655 if (s != NULL) 1656 { 1657 p = tofree = concat_str(s, p); 1658 if (mustfree) 1659 vim_free(s); 1660 } 1661 } 1662 if (p != NULL) 1663 { 1664 vim_setenv(name, p); 1665 if (STRICMP(name, "HOME") == 0) 1666 init_homedir(); 1667 else if (didset_vim && STRICMP(name, "VIM") == 0) 1668 didset_vim = FALSE; 1669 else if (didset_vimruntime 1670 && STRICMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0) 1671 didset_vimruntime = FALSE; 1672 arg_end = arg; 1673 } 1674 name[len] = c1; 1675 vim_free(tofree); 1676 } 1677 } 1678 } 1679 1680 /* 1681 * ":let &option = expr": Set option value. 1682 * ":let &l:option = expr": Set local option value. 1683 * ":let &g:option = expr": Set global option value. 1684 */ 1685 else if (*arg == '&') 1686 { 1687 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1688 p = find_option_end(&arg, &opt_flags); 1689 if (p == NULL || (endchars != NULL 1690 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL)) 1691 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1692 else 1693 { 1694 long n; 1695 int opt_type; 1696 long numval; 1697 char_u *stringval = NULL; 1698 char_u *s; 1699 1700 c1 = *p; 1701 *p = NUL; 1702 1703 n = (long)get_tv_number(tv); 1704 s = get_tv_string_chk(tv); /* != NULL if number or string */ 1705 if (s != NULL && op != NULL && *op != '=') 1706 { 1707 opt_type = get_option_value(arg, &numval, 1708 &stringval, opt_flags); 1709 if ((opt_type == 1 && *op == '.') 1710 || (opt_type == 0 && *op != '.')) 1711 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1712 else 1713 { 1714 if (opt_type == 1) /* number */ 1715 { 1716 if (*op == '+') 1717 n = numval + n; 1718 else 1719 n = numval - n; 1720 } 1721 else if (opt_type == 0 && stringval != NULL) /* string */ 1722 { 1723 s = concat_str(stringval, s); 1724 vim_free(stringval); 1725 stringval = s; 1726 } 1727 } 1728 } 1729 if (s != NULL) 1730 { 1731 set_option_value(arg, n, s, opt_flags); 1732 arg_end = p; 1733 } 1734 *p = c1; 1735 vim_free(stringval); 1736 } 1737 } 1738 1739 /* 1740 * ":let @r = expr": Set register contents. 1741 */ 1742 else if (*arg == '@') 1743 { 1744 ++arg; 1745 if (op != NULL && (*op == '+' || *op == '-')) 1746 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1747 else if (endchars != NULL 1748 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg + 1)) == NULL) 1749 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1750 else 1751 { 1752 char_u *ptofree = NULL; 1753 char_u *s; 1754 1755 p = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 1756 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1757 { 1758 s = get_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, GREG_EXPR_SRC); 1759 if (s != NULL) 1760 { 1761 p = ptofree = concat_str(s, p); 1762 vim_free(s); 1763 } 1764 } 1765 if (p != NULL) 1766 { 1767 write_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, p, -1, FALSE); 1768 arg_end = arg + 1; 1769 } 1770 vim_free(ptofree); 1771 } 1772 } 1773 1774 /* 1775 * ":let var = expr": Set internal variable. 1776 * ":let {expr} = expr": Idem, name made with curly braces 1777 */ 1778 else if (eval_isnamec1(*arg) || *arg == '{') 1779 { 1780 lval_T lv; 1781 1782 p = get_lval(arg, tv, &lv, FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 1783 if (p != NULL && lv.ll_name != NULL) 1784 { 1785 if (endchars != NULL && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL) 1786 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1787 else 1788 { 1789 set_var_lval(&lv, p, tv, copy, op); 1790 arg_end = p; 1791 } 1792 } 1793 clear_lval(&lv); 1794 } 1795 1796 else 1797 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1798 1799 return arg_end; 1800 } 1801 1802 /* 1803 * Get an lval: variable, Dict item or List item that can be assigned a value 1804 * to: "name", "na{me}", "name[expr]", "name[expr:expr]", "name[expr][expr]", 1805 * "name.key", "name.key[expr]" etc. 1806 * Indexing only works if "name" is an existing List or Dictionary. 1807 * "name" points to the start of the name. 1808 * If "rettv" is not NULL it points to the value to be assigned. 1809 * "unlet" is TRUE for ":unlet": slightly different behavior when something is 1810 * wrong; must end in space or cmd separator. 1811 * 1812 * flags: 1813 * GLV_QUIET: do not give error messages 1814 * GLV_READ_ONLY: will not change the variable 1815 * GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD: do not use script autoloading 1816 * 1817 * Returns a pointer to just after the name, including indexes. 1818 * When an evaluation error occurs "lp->ll_name" is NULL; 1819 * Returns NULL for a parsing error. Still need to free items in "lp"! 1820 */ 1821 char_u * 1822 get_lval( 1823 char_u *name, 1824 typval_T *rettv, 1825 lval_T *lp, 1826 int unlet, 1827 int skip, 1828 int flags, /* GLV_ values */ 1829 int fne_flags) /* flags for find_name_end() */ 1830 { 1831 char_u *p; 1832 char_u *expr_start, *expr_end; 1833 int cc; 1834 dictitem_T *v; 1835 typval_T var1; 1836 typval_T var2; 1837 int empty1 = FALSE; 1838 listitem_T *ni; 1839 char_u *key = NULL; 1840 int len; 1841 hashtab_T *ht; 1842 int quiet = flags & GLV_QUIET; 1843 1844 /* Clear everything in "lp". */ 1845 vim_memset(lp, 0, sizeof(lval_T)); 1846 1847 if (skip) 1848 { 1849 /* When skipping just find the end of the name. */ 1850 lp->ll_name = name; 1851 return find_name_end(name, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | fne_flags); 1852 } 1853 1854 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1855 p = find_name_end(name, &expr_start, &expr_end, fne_flags); 1856 if (expr_start != NULL) 1857 { 1858 /* Don't expand the name when we already know there is an error. */ 1859 if (unlet && !VIM_ISWHITE(*p) && !ends_excmd(*p) 1860 && *p != '[' && *p != '.') 1861 { 1862 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 1863 return NULL; 1864 } 1865 1866 lp->ll_exp_name = make_expanded_name(name, expr_start, expr_end, p); 1867 if (lp->ll_exp_name == NULL) 1868 { 1869 /* Report an invalid expression in braces, unless the 1870 * expression evaluation has been cancelled due to an 1871 * aborting error, an interrupt, or an exception. */ 1872 if (!aborting() && !quiet) 1873 { 1874 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1875 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name); 1876 return NULL; 1877 } 1878 } 1879 lp->ll_name = lp->ll_exp_name; 1880 } 1881 else 1882 lp->ll_name = name; 1883 1884 /* Without [idx] or .key we are done. */ 1885 if ((*p != '[' && *p != '.') || lp->ll_name == NULL) 1886 return p; 1887 1888 cc = *p; 1889 *p = NUL; 1890 v = find_var(lp->ll_name, &ht, flags & GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD); 1891 if (v == NULL && !quiet) 1892 EMSG2(_(e_undefvar), lp->ll_name); 1893 *p = cc; 1894 if (v == NULL) 1895 return NULL; 1896 1897 /* 1898 * Loop until no more [idx] or .key is following. 1899 */ 1900 lp->ll_tv = &v->di_tv; 1901 var1.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 1902 var2.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 1903 while (*p == '[' || (*p == '.' && lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT)) 1904 { 1905 if (!(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_LIST && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list != NULL) 1906 && !(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT 1907 && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)) 1908 { 1909 if (!quiet) 1910 EMSG(_("E689: Can only index a List or Dictionary")); 1911 return NULL; 1912 } 1913 if (lp->ll_range) 1914 { 1915 if (!quiet) 1916 EMSG(_("E708: [:] must come last")); 1917 return NULL; 1918 } 1919 1920 len = -1; 1921 if (*p == '.') 1922 { 1923 key = p + 1; 1924 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 1925 ; 1926 if (len == 0) 1927 { 1928 if (!quiet) 1929 EMSG(_(e_emptykey)); 1930 return NULL; 1931 } 1932 p = key + len; 1933 } 1934 else 1935 { 1936 /* Get the index [expr] or the first index [expr: ]. */ 1937 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 1938 if (*p == ':') 1939 empty1 = TRUE; 1940 else 1941 { 1942 empty1 = FALSE; 1943 if (eval1(&p, &var1, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 1944 return NULL; 1945 if (get_tv_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 1946 { 1947 /* not a number or string */ 1948 clear_tv(&var1); 1949 return NULL; 1950 } 1951 } 1952 1953 /* Optionally get the second index [ :expr]. */ 1954 if (*p == ':') 1955 { 1956 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 1957 { 1958 if (!quiet) 1959 EMSG(_(e_dictrange)); 1960 clear_tv(&var1); 1961 return NULL; 1962 } 1963 if (rettv != NULL && (rettv->v_type != VAR_LIST 1964 || rettv->vval.v_list == NULL)) 1965 { 1966 if (!quiet) 1967 EMSG(_("E709: [:] requires a List value")); 1968 clear_tv(&var1); 1969 return NULL; 1970 } 1971 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 1972 if (*p == ']') 1973 lp->ll_empty2 = TRUE; 1974 else 1975 { 1976 lp->ll_empty2 = FALSE; 1977 if (eval1(&p, &var2, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 1978 { 1979 clear_tv(&var1); 1980 return NULL; 1981 } 1982 if (get_tv_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 1983 { 1984 /* not a number or string */ 1985 clear_tv(&var1); 1986 clear_tv(&var2); 1987 return NULL; 1988 } 1989 } 1990 lp->ll_range = TRUE; 1991 } 1992 else 1993 lp->ll_range = FALSE; 1994 1995 if (*p != ']') 1996 { 1997 if (!quiet) 1998 EMSG(_(e_missbrac)); 1999 clear_tv(&var1); 2000 clear_tv(&var2); 2001 return NULL; 2002 } 2003 2004 /* Skip to past ']'. */ 2005 ++p; 2006 } 2007 2008 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 2009 { 2010 if (len == -1) 2011 { 2012 /* "[key]": get key from "var1" */ 2013 key = get_tv_string_chk(&var1); /* is number or string */ 2014 if (key == NULL) 2015 { 2016 clear_tv(&var1); 2017 return NULL; 2018 } 2019 } 2020 lp->ll_list = NULL; 2021 lp->ll_dict = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict; 2022 lp->ll_di = dict_find(lp->ll_dict, key, len); 2023 2024 /* When assigning to a scope dictionary check that a function and 2025 * variable name is valid (only variable name unless it is l: or 2026 * g: dictionary). Disallow overwriting a builtin function. */ 2027 if (rettv != NULL && lp->ll_dict->dv_scope != 0) 2028 { 2029 int prevval; 2030 int wrong; 2031 2032 if (len != -1) 2033 { 2034 prevval = key[len]; 2035 key[len] = NUL; 2036 } 2037 else 2038 prevval = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */ 2039 wrong = (lp->ll_dict->dv_scope == VAR_DEF_SCOPE 2040 && rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 2041 && var_check_func_name(key, lp->ll_di == NULL)) 2042 || !valid_varname(key); 2043 if (len != -1) 2044 key[len] = prevval; 2045 if (wrong) 2046 return NULL; 2047 } 2048 2049 if (lp->ll_di == NULL) 2050 { 2051 /* Can't add "v:" variable. */ 2052 if (lp->ll_dict == &vimvardict) 2053 { 2054 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 2055 return NULL; 2056 } 2057 2058 /* Key does not exist in dict: may need to add it. */ 2059 if (*p == '[' || *p == '.' || unlet) 2060 { 2061 if (!quiet) 2062 EMSG2(_(e_dictkey), key); 2063 clear_tv(&var1); 2064 return NULL; 2065 } 2066 if (len == -1) 2067 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strsave(key); 2068 else 2069 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strnsave(key, len); 2070 clear_tv(&var1); 2071 if (lp->ll_newkey == NULL) 2072 p = NULL; 2073 break; 2074 } 2075 /* existing variable, need to check if it can be changed */ 2076 else if ((flags & GLV_READ_ONLY) == 0 2077 && var_check_ro(lp->ll_di->di_flags, name, FALSE)) 2078 { 2079 clear_tv(&var1); 2080 return NULL; 2081 } 2082 2083 clear_tv(&var1); 2084 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_di->di_tv; 2085 } 2086 else 2087 { 2088 /* 2089 * Get the number and item for the only or first index of the List. 2090 */ 2091 if (empty1) 2092 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2093 else 2094 /* is number or string */ 2095 lp->ll_n1 = (long)get_tv_number(&var1); 2096 clear_tv(&var1); 2097 2098 lp->ll_dict = NULL; 2099 lp->ll_list = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list; 2100 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2101 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2102 { 2103 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2104 { 2105 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2106 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2107 } 2108 } 2109 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2110 { 2111 clear_tv(&var2); 2112 if (!quiet) 2113 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n1); 2114 return NULL; 2115 } 2116 2117 /* 2118 * May need to find the item or absolute index for the second 2119 * index of a range. 2120 * When no index given: "lp->ll_empty2" is TRUE. 2121 * Otherwise "lp->ll_n2" is set to the second index. 2122 */ 2123 if (lp->ll_range && !lp->ll_empty2) 2124 { 2125 lp->ll_n2 = (long)get_tv_number(&var2); 2126 /* is number or string */ 2127 clear_tv(&var2); 2128 if (lp->ll_n2 < 0) 2129 { 2130 ni = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n2); 2131 if (ni == NULL) 2132 { 2133 if (!quiet) 2134 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2135 return NULL; 2136 } 2137 lp->ll_n2 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, ni); 2138 } 2139 2140 /* Check that lp->ll_n2 isn't before lp->ll_n1. */ 2141 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2142 lp->ll_n1 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2143 if (lp->ll_n2 < lp->ll_n1) 2144 { 2145 if (!quiet) 2146 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2147 return NULL; 2148 } 2149 } 2150 2151 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_li->li_tv; 2152 } 2153 } 2154 2155 clear_tv(&var1); 2156 return p; 2157 } 2158 2159 /* 2160 * Clear lval "lp" that was filled by get_lval(). 2161 */ 2162 void 2163 clear_lval(lval_T *lp) 2164 { 2165 vim_free(lp->ll_exp_name); 2166 vim_free(lp->ll_newkey); 2167 } 2168 2169 /* 2170 * Set a variable that was parsed by get_lval() to "rettv". 2171 * "endp" points to just after the parsed name. 2172 * "op" is NULL, "+" for "+=", "-" for "-=", "." for ".=" or "=" for "=". 2173 */ 2174 static void 2175 set_var_lval( 2176 lval_T *lp, 2177 char_u *endp, 2178 typval_T *rettv, 2179 int copy, 2180 char_u *op) 2181 { 2182 int cc; 2183 listitem_T *ri; 2184 dictitem_T *di; 2185 2186 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2187 { 2188 cc = *endp; 2189 *endp = NUL; 2190 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2191 { 2192 typval_T tv; 2193 2194 /* handle +=, -= and .= */ 2195 di = NULL; 2196 if (get_var_tv(lp->ll_name, (int)STRLEN(lp->ll_name), 2197 &tv, &di, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) 2198 { 2199 if ((di == NULL 2200 || (!var_check_ro(di->di_flags, lp->ll_name, FALSE) 2201 && !tv_check_lock(di->di_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, 2202 FALSE))) 2203 && tv_op(&tv, rettv, op) == OK) 2204 set_var(lp->ll_name, &tv, FALSE); 2205 clear_tv(&tv); 2206 } 2207 } 2208 else 2209 set_var(lp->ll_name, rettv, copy); 2210 *endp = cc; 2211 } 2212 else if (tv_check_lock(lp->ll_newkey == NULL 2213 ? lp->ll_tv->v_lock 2214 : lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2215 ; 2216 else if (lp->ll_range) 2217 { 2218 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2219 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2220 2221 /* 2222 * Check whether any of the list items is locked 2223 */ 2224 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL && ll_li != NULL; ) 2225 { 2226 if (tv_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2227 return; 2228 ri = ri->li_next; 2229 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == ll_n1)) 2230 break; 2231 ll_li = ll_li->li_next; 2232 ++ll_n1; 2233 } 2234 2235 /* 2236 * Assign the List values to the list items. 2237 */ 2238 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL; ) 2239 { 2240 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2241 tv_op(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, &ri->li_tv, op); 2242 else 2243 { 2244 clear_tv(&lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2245 copy_tv(&ri->li_tv, &lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2246 } 2247 ri = ri->li_next; 2248 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == lp->ll_n1)) 2249 break; 2250 if (lp->ll_li->li_next == NULL) 2251 { 2252 /* Need to add an empty item. */ 2253 if (list_append_number(lp->ll_list, 0) == FAIL) 2254 { 2255 ri = NULL; 2256 break; 2257 } 2258 } 2259 lp->ll_li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2260 ++lp->ll_n1; 2261 } 2262 if (ri != NULL) 2263 EMSG(_("E710: List value has more items than target")); 2264 else if (lp->ll_empty2 2265 ? (lp->ll_li != NULL && lp->ll_li->li_next != NULL) 2266 : lp->ll_n1 != lp->ll_n2) 2267 EMSG(_("E711: List value has not enough items")); 2268 } 2269 else 2270 { 2271 /* 2272 * Assign to a List or Dictionary item. 2273 */ 2274 if (lp->ll_newkey != NULL) 2275 { 2276 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2277 { 2278 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 2279 return; 2280 } 2281 2282 /* Need to add an item to the Dictionary. */ 2283 di = dictitem_alloc(lp->ll_newkey); 2284 if (di == NULL) 2285 return; 2286 if (dict_add(lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict, di) == FAIL) 2287 { 2288 vim_free(di); 2289 return; 2290 } 2291 lp->ll_tv = &di->di_tv; 2292 } 2293 else if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2294 { 2295 tv_op(lp->ll_tv, rettv, op); 2296 return; 2297 } 2298 else 2299 clear_tv(lp->ll_tv); 2300 2301 /* 2302 * Assign the value to the variable or list item. 2303 */ 2304 if (copy) 2305 copy_tv(rettv, lp->ll_tv); 2306 else 2307 { 2308 *lp->ll_tv = *rettv; 2309 lp->ll_tv->v_lock = 0; 2310 init_tv(rettv); 2311 } 2312 } 2313 } 2314 2315 /* 2316 * Handle "tv1 += tv2", "tv1 -= tv2" and "tv1 .= tv2" 2317 * Returns OK or FAIL. 2318 */ 2319 static int 2320 tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op) 2321 { 2322 varnumber_T n; 2323 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 2324 char_u *s; 2325 2326 /* Can't do anything with a Funcref, Dict, v:true on the right. */ 2327 if (tv2->v_type != VAR_FUNC && tv2->v_type != VAR_DICT 2328 && tv2->v_type != VAR_SPECIAL) 2329 { 2330 switch (tv1->v_type) 2331 { 2332 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 2333 case VAR_DICT: 2334 case VAR_FUNC: 2335 case VAR_PARTIAL: 2336 case VAR_SPECIAL: 2337 case VAR_JOB: 2338 case VAR_CHANNEL: 2339 break; 2340 2341 case VAR_LIST: 2342 if (*op != '+' || tv2->v_type != VAR_LIST) 2343 break; 2344 /* List += List */ 2345 if (tv1->vval.v_list != NULL && tv2->vval.v_list != NULL) 2346 list_extend(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, NULL); 2347 return OK; 2348 2349 case VAR_NUMBER: 2350 case VAR_STRING: 2351 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_LIST) 2352 break; 2353 if (*op == '+' || *op == '-') 2354 { 2355 /* nr += nr or nr -= nr*/ 2356 n = get_tv_number(tv1); 2357 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2358 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2359 { 2360 float_T f = n; 2361 2362 if (*op == '+') 2363 f += tv2->vval.v_float; 2364 else 2365 f -= tv2->vval.v_float; 2366 clear_tv(tv1); 2367 tv1->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 2368 tv1->vval.v_float = f; 2369 } 2370 else 2371 #endif 2372 { 2373 if (*op == '+') 2374 n += get_tv_number(tv2); 2375 else 2376 n -= get_tv_number(tv2); 2377 clear_tv(tv1); 2378 tv1->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 2379 tv1->vval.v_number = n; 2380 } 2381 } 2382 else 2383 { 2384 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2385 break; 2386 2387 /* str .= str */ 2388 s = get_tv_string(tv1); 2389 s = concat_str(s, get_tv_string_buf(tv2, numbuf)); 2390 clear_tv(tv1); 2391 tv1->v_type = VAR_STRING; 2392 tv1->vval.v_string = s; 2393 } 2394 return OK; 2395 2396 case VAR_FLOAT: 2397 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2398 { 2399 float_T f; 2400 2401 if (*op == '.' || (tv2->v_type != VAR_FLOAT 2402 && tv2->v_type != VAR_NUMBER 2403 && tv2->v_type != VAR_STRING)) 2404 break; 2405 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2406 f = tv2->vval.v_float; 2407 else 2408 f = get_tv_number(tv2); 2409 if (*op == '+') 2410 tv1->vval.v_float += f; 2411 else 2412 tv1->vval.v_float -= f; 2413 } 2414 #endif 2415 return OK; 2416 } 2417 } 2418 2419 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 2420 return FAIL; 2421 } 2422 2423 /* 2424 * Evaluate the expression used in a ":for var in expr" command. 2425 * "arg" points to "var". 2426 * Set "*errp" to TRUE for an error, FALSE otherwise; 2427 * Return a pointer that holds the info. Null when there is an error. 2428 */ 2429 void * 2430 eval_for_line( 2431 char_u *arg, 2432 int *errp, 2433 char_u **nextcmdp, 2434 int skip) 2435 { 2436 forinfo_T *fi; 2437 char_u *expr; 2438 typval_T tv; 2439 list_T *l; 2440 2441 *errp = TRUE; /* default: there is an error */ 2442 2443 fi = (forinfo_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(forinfo_T)); 2444 if (fi == NULL) 2445 return NULL; 2446 2447 expr = skip_var_list(arg, &fi->fi_varcount, &fi->fi_semicolon); 2448 if (expr == NULL) 2449 return fi; 2450 2451 expr = skipwhite(expr); 2452 if (expr[0] != 'i' || expr[1] != 'n' || !VIM_ISWHITE(expr[2])) 2453 { 2454 EMSG(_("E690: Missing \"in\" after :for")); 2455 return fi; 2456 } 2457 2458 if (skip) 2459 ++emsg_skip; 2460 if (eval0(skipwhite(expr + 2), &tv, nextcmdp, !skip) == OK) 2461 { 2462 *errp = FALSE; 2463 if (!skip) 2464 { 2465 l = tv.vval.v_list; 2466 if (tv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 2467 { 2468 EMSG(_(e_listreq)); 2469 clear_tv(&tv); 2470 } 2471 else if (l == NULL) 2472 { 2473 /* a null list is like an empty list: do nothing */ 2474 clear_tv(&tv); 2475 } 2476 else 2477 { 2478 /* No need to increment the refcount, it's already set for the 2479 * list being used in "tv". */ 2480 fi->fi_list = l; 2481 list_add_watch(l, &fi->fi_lw); 2482 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = l->lv_first; 2483 } 2484 } 2485 } 2486 if (skip) 2487 --emsg_skip; 2488 2489 return fi; 2490 } 2491 2492 /* 2493 * Use the first item in a ":for" list. Advance to the next. 2494 * Assign the values to the variable (list). "arg" points to the first one. 2495 * Return TRUE when a valid item was found, FALSE when at end of list or 2496 * something wrong. 2497 */ 2498 int 2499 next_for_item(void *fi_void, char_u *arg) 2500 { 2501 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2502 int result; 2503 listitem_T *item; 2504 2505 item = fi->fi_lw.lw_item; 2506 if (item == NULL) 2507 result = FALSE; 2508 else 2509 { 2510 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = item->li_next; 2511 result = (ex_let_vars(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, 2512 fi->fi_semicolon, fi->fi_varcount, NULL) == OK); 2513 } 2514 return result; 2515 } 2516 2517 /* 2518 * Free the structure used to store info used by ":for". 2519 */ 2520 void 2521 free_for_info(void *fi_void) 2522 { 2523 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2524 2525 if (fi != NULL && fi->fi_list != NULL) 2526 { 2527 list_rem_watch(fi->fi_list, &fi->fi_lw); 2528 list_unref(fi->fi_list); 2529 } 2530 vim_free(fi); 2531 } 2532 2533 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 2534 2535 void 2536 set_context_for_expression( 2537 expand_T *xp, 2538 char_u *arg, 2539 cmdidx_T cmdidx) 2540 { 2541 int got_eq = FALSE; 2542 int c; 2543 char_u *p; 2544 2545 if (cmdidx == CMD_let) 2546 { 2547 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_USER_VARS; 2548 if (vim_strpbrk(arg, (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#") == NULL) 2549 { 2550 /* ":let var1 var2 ...": find last space. */ 2551 for (p = arg + STRLEN(arg); p >= arg; ) 2552 { 2553 xp->xp_pattern = p; 2554 MB_PTR_BACK(arg, p); 2555 if (VIM_ISWHITE(*p)) 2556 break; 2557 } 2558 return; 2559 } 2560 } 2561 else 2562 xp->xp_context = cmdidx == CMD_call ? EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2563 : EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2564 while ((xp->xp_pattern = vim_strpbrk(arg, 2565 (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#")) != NULL) 2566 { 2567 c = *xp->xp_pattern; 2568 if (c == '&') 2569 { 2570 c = xp->xp_pattern[1]; 2571 if (c == '&') 2572 { 2573 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2574 xp->xp_context = cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq 2575 ? EXPAND_EXPRESSION : EXPAND_NOTHING; 2576 } 2577 else if (c != ' ') 2578 { 2579 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SETTINGS; 2580 if ((c == 'l' || c == 'g') && xp->xp_pattern[2] == ':') 2581 xp->xp_pattern += 2; 2582 2583 } 2584 } 2585 else if (c == '$') 2586 { 2587 /* environment variable */ 2588 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_ENV_VARS; 2589 } 2590 else if (c == '=') 2591 { 2592 got_eq = TRUE; 2593 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2594 } 2595 else if (c == '#' 2596 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_EXPRESSION) 2597 { 2598 /* Autoload function/variable contains '#'. */ 2599 break; 2600 } 2601 else if ((c == '<' || c == '#') 2602 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2603 && vim_strchr(xp->xp_pattern, '(') == NULL) 2604 { 2605 /* Function name can start with "<SNR>" and contain '#'. */ 2606 break; 2607 } 2608 else if (cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq) 2609 { 2610 if (c == '"') /* string */ 2611 { 2612 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '"') 2613 if (c == '\\' && xp->xp_pattern[1] != NUL) 2614 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2615 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2616 } 2617 else if (c == '\'') /* literal string */ 2618 { 2619 /* Trick: '' is like stopping and starting a literal string. */ 2620 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '\'') 2621 /* skip */ ; 2622 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2623 } 2624 else if (c == '|') 2625 { 2626 if (xp->xp_pattern[1] == '|') 2627 { 2628 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2629 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2630 } 2631 else 2632 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_COMMANDS; 2633 } 2634 else 2635 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2636 } 2637 else 2638 /* Doesn't look like something valid, expand as an expression 2639 * anyway. */ 2640 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2641 arg = xp->xp_pattern; 2642 if (*arg != NUL) 2643 while ((c = *++arg) != NUL && (c == ' ' || c == '\t')) 2644 /* skip */ ; 2645 } 2646 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 2647 } 2648 2649 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 2650 2651 /* 2652 * ":unlet[!] var1 ... " command. 2653 */ 2654 void 2655 ex_unlet(exarg_T *eap) 2656 { 2657 ex_unletlock(eap, eap->arg, 0); 2658 } 2659 2660 /* 2661 * ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" commands 2662 */ 2663 void 2664 ex_lockvar(exarg_T *eap) 2665 { 2666 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 2667 int deep = 2; 2668 2669 if (eap->forceit) 2670 deep = -1; 2671 else if (vim_isdigit(*arg)) 2672 { 2673 deep = getdigits(&arg); 2674 arg = skipwhite(arg); 2675 } 2676 2677 ex_unletlock(eap, arg, deep); 2678 } 2679 2680 /* 2681 * ":unlet", ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" are quite similar. 2682 */ 2683 static void 2684 ex_unletlock( 2685 exarg_T *eap, 2686 char_u *argstart, 2687 int deep) 2688 { 2689 char_u *arg = argstart; 2690 char_u *name_end; 2691 int error = FALSE; 2692 lval_T lv; 2693 2694 do 2695 { 2696 /* Parse the name and find the end. */ 2697 name_end = get_lval(arg, NULL, &lv, TRUE, eap->skip || error, 0, 2698 FNE_CHECK_START); 2699 if (lv.ll_name == NULL) 2700 error = TRUE; /* error but continue parsing */ 2701 if (name_end == NULL || (!VIM_ISWHITE(*name_end) 2702 && !ends_excmd(*name_end))) 2703 { 2704 if (name_end != NULL) 2705 { 2706 emsg_severe = TRUE; 2707 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 2708 } 2709 if (!(eap->skip || error)) 2710 clear_lval(&lv); 2711 break; 2712 } 2713 2714 if (!error && !eap->skip) 2715 { 2716 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_unlet) 2717 { 2718 if (do_unlet_var(&lv, name_end, eap->forceit) == FAIL) 2719 error = TRUE; 2720 } 2721 else 2722 { 2723 if (do_lock_var(&lv, name_end, deep, 2724 eap->cmdidx == CMD_lockvar) == FAIL) 2725 error = TRUE; 2726 } 2727 } 2728 2729 if (!eap->skip) 2730 clear_lval(&lv); 2731 2732 arg = skipwhite(name_end); 2733 } while (!ends_excmd(*arg)); 2734 2735 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 2736 } 2737 2738 static int 2739 do_unlet_var( 2740 lval_T *lp, 2741 char_u *name_end, 2742 int forceit) 2743 { 2744 int ret = OK; 2745 int cc; 2746 2747 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2748 { 2749 cc = *name_end; 2750 *name_end = NUL; 2751 2752 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 2753 if (do_unlet(lp->ll_name, forceit) == FAIL) 2754 ret = FAIL; 2755 *name_end = cc; 2756 } 2757 else if ((lp->ll_list != NULL 2758 && tv_check_lock(lp->ll_list->lv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2759 || (lp->ll_dict != NULL 2760 && tv_check_lock(lp->ll_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE))) 2761 return FAIL; 2762 else if (lp->ll_range) 2763 { 2764 listitem_T *li; 2765 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2766 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2767 2768 while (ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= ll_n1)) 2769 { 2770 li = ll_li->li_next; 2771 if (tv_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2772 return FAIL; 2773 ll_li = li; 2774 ++ll_n1; 2775 } 2776 2777 /* Delete a range of List items. */ 2778 while (lp->ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 2779 { 2780 li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2781 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2782 lp->ll_li = li; 2783 ++lp->ll_n1; 2784 } 2785 } 2786 else 2787 { 2788 if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 2789 /* unlet a List item. */ 2790 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2791 else 2792 /* unlet a Dictionary item. */ 2793 dictitem_remove(lp->ll_dict, lp->ll_di); 2794 } 2795 2796 return ret; 2797 } 2798 2799 /* 2800 * "unlet" a variable. Return OK if it existed, FAIL if not. 2801 * When "forceit" is TRUE don't complain if the variable doesn't exist. 2802 */ 2803 int 2804 do_unlet(char_u *name, int forceit) 2805 { 2806 hashtab_T *ht; 2807 hashitem_T *hi; 2808 char_u *varname; 2809 dict_T *d; 2810 dictitem_T *di; 2811 2812 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 2813 if (ht != NULL && *varname != NUL) 2814 { 2815 d = get_current_funccal_dict(ht); 2816 if (d == NULL) 2817 { 2818 if (ht == &globvarht) 2819 d = &globvardict; 2820 else if (ht == &compat_hashtab) 2821 d = &vimvardict; 2822 else 2823 { 2824 di = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, (char_u *)"", FALSE); 2825 d = di == NULL ? NULL : di->di_tv.vval.v_dict; 2826 } 2827 if (d == NULL) 2828 { 2829 internal_error("do_unlet()"); 2830 return FAIL; 2831 } 2832 } 2833 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 2834 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2835 hi = find_hi_in_scoped_ht(name, &ht); 2836 if (hi != NULL && !HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2837 { 2838 di = HI2DI(hi); 2839 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 2840 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 2841 || tv_check_lock(d->dv_lock, name, FALSE)) 2842 return FAIL; 2843 2844 delete_var(ht, hi); 2845 return OK; 2846 } 2847 } 2848 if (forceit) 2849 return OK; 2850 EMSG2(_("E108: No such variable: \"%s\""), name); 2851 return FAIL; 2852 } 2853 2854 /* 2855 * Lock or unlock variable indicated by "lp". 2856 * "deep" is the levels to go (-1 for unlimited); 2857 * "lock" is TRUE for ":lockvar", FALSE for ":unlockvar". 2858 */ 2859 static int 2860 do_lock_var( 2861 lval_T *lp, 2862 char_u *name_end, 2863 int deep, 2864 int lock) 2865 { 2866 int ret = OK; 2867 int cc; 2868 dictitem_T *di; 2869 2870 if (deep == 0) /* nothing to do */ 2871 return OK; 2872 2873 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2874 { 2875 cc = *name_end; 2876 *name_end = NUL; 2877 2878 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 2879 di = find_var(lp->ll_name, NULL, TRUE); 2880 if (di == NULL) 2881 ret = FAIL; 2882 else if ((di->di_flags & DI_FLAGS_FIX) 2883 && di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_DICT 2884 && di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 2885 /* For historic reasons this error is not given for a list or dict. 2886 * E.g., the b: dict could be locked/unlocked. */ 2887 EMSG2(_("E940: Cannot lock or unlock variable %s"), lp->ll_name); 2888 else 2889 { 2890 if (lock) 2891 di->di_flags |= DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 2892 else 2893 di->di_flags &= ~DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 2894 item_lock(&di->di_tv, deep, lock); 2895 } 2896 *name_end = cc; 2897 } 2898 else if (lp->ll_range) 2899 { 2900 listitem_T *li = lp->ll_li; 2901 2902 /* (un)lock a range of List items. */ 2903 while (li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 2904 { 2905 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep, lock); 2906 li = li->li_next; 2907 ++lp->ll_n1; 2908 } 2909 } 2910 else if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 2911 /* (un)lock a List item. */ 2912 item_lock(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, deep, lock); 2913 else 2914 /* (un)lock a Dictionary item. */ 2915 item_lock(&lp->ll_di->di_tv, deep, lock); 2916 2917 return ret; 2918 } 2919 2920 /* 2921 * Lock or unlock an item. "deep" is nr of levels to go. 2922 */ 2923 static void 2924 item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock) 2925 { 2926 static int recurse = 0; 2927 list_T *l; 2928 listitem_T *li; 2929 dict_T *d; 2930 hashitem_T *hi; 2931 int todo; 2932 2933 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 2934 { 2935 EMSG(_("E743: variable nested too deep for (un)lock")); 2936 return; 2937 } 2938 if (deep == 0) 2939 return; 2940 ++recurse; 2941 2942 /* lock/unlock the item itself */ 2943 if (lock) 2944 tv->v_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 2945 else 2946 tv->v_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 2947 2948 switch (tv->v_type) 2949 { 2950 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 2951 case VAR_NUMBER: 2952 case VAR_STRING: 2953 case VAR_FUNC: 2954 case VAR_PARTIAL: 2955 case VAR_FLOAT: 2956 case VAR_SPECIAL: 2957 case VAR_JOB: 2958 case VAR_CHANNEL: 2959 break; 2960 2961 case VAR_LIST: 2962 if ((l = tv->vval.v_list) != NULL) 2963 { 2964 if (lock) 2965 l->lv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 2966 else 2967 l->lv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 2968 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 2969 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 2970 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 2971 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep - 1, lock); 2972 } 2973 break; 2974 case VAR_DICT: 2975 if ((d = tv->vval.v_dict) != NULL) 2976 { 2977 if (lock) 2978 d->dv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 2979 else 2980 d->dv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 2981 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 2982 { 2983 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 2984 todo = (int)d->dv_hashtab.ht_used; 2985 for (hi = d->dv_hashtab.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 2986 { 2987 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2988 { 2989 --todo; 2990 item_lock(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, deep - 1, lock); 2991 } 2992 } 2993 } 2994 } 2995 } 2996 --recurse; 2997 } 2998 2999 #if (defined(FEAT_MENU) && defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG)) || defined(PROTO) 3000 /* 3001 * Delete all "menutrans_" variables. 3002 */ 3003 void 3004 del_menutrans_vars(void) 3005 { 3006 hashitem_T *hi; 3007 int todo; 3008 3009 hash_lock(&globvarht); 3010 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 3011 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 3012 { 3013 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3014 { 3015 --todo; 3016 if (STRNCMP(HI2DI(hi)->di_key, "menutrans_", 10) == 0) 3017 delete_var(&globvarht, hi); 3018 } 3019 } 3020 hash_unlock(&globvarht); 3021 } 3022 #endif 3023 3024 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 3025 3026 /* 3027 * Local string buffer for the next two functions to store a variable name 3028 * with its prefix. Allocated in cat_prefix_varname(), freed later in 3029 * get_user_var_name(). 3030 */ 3031 3032 static char_u *cat_prefix_varname(int prefix, char_u *name); 3033 3034 static char_u *varnamebuf = NULL; 3035 static int varnamebuflen = 0; 3036 3037 /* 3038 * Function to concatenate a prefix and a variable name. 3039 */ 3040 static char_u * 3041 cat_prefix_varname(int prefix, char_u *name) 3042 { 3043 int len; 3044 3045 len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 3; 3046 if (len > varnamebuflen) 3047 { 3048 vim_free(varnamebuf); 3049 len += 10; /* some additional space */ 3050 varnamebuf = alloc(len); 3051 if (varnamebuf == NULL) 3052 { 3053 varnamebuflen = 0; 3054 return NULL; 3055 } 3056 varnamebuflen = len; 3057 } 3058 *varnamebuf = prefix; 3059 varnamebuf[1] = ':'; 3060 STRCPY(varnamebuf + 2, name); 3061 return varnamebuf; 3062 } 3063 3064 /* 3065 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of user defined 3066 * (global/buffer/window/built-in) variable names. 3067 */ 3068 char_u * 3069 get_user_var_name(expand_T *xp, int idx) 3070 { 3071 static long_u gdone; 3072 static long_u bdone; 3073 static long_u wdone; 3074 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 3075 static long_u tdone; 3076 #endif 3077 static int vidx; 3078 static hashitem_T *hi; 3079 hashtab_T *ht; 3080 3081 if (idx == 0) 3082 { 3083 gdone = bdone = wdone = vidx = 0; 3084 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 3085 tdone = 0; 3086 #endif 3087 } 3088 3089 /* Global variables */ 3090 if (gdone < globvarht.ht_used) 3091 { 3092 if (gdone++ == 0) 3093 hi = globvarht.ht_array; 3094 else 3095 ++hi; 3096 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3097 ++hi; 3098 if (STRNCMP("g:", xp->xp_pattern, 2) == 0) 3099 return cat_prefix_varname('g', hi->hi_key); 3100 return hi->hi_key; 3101 } 3102 3103 /* b: variables */ 3104 ht = &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 3105 if (bdone < ht->ht_used) 3106 { 3107 if (bdone++ == 0) 3108 hi = ht->ht_array; 3109 else 3110 ++hi; 3111 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3112 ++hi; 3113 return cat_prefix_varname('b', hi->hi_key); 3114 } 3115 3116 /* w: variables */ 3117 ht = &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 3118 if (wdone < ht->ht_used) 3119 { 3120 if (wdone++ == 0) 3121 hi = ht->ht_array; 3122 else 3123 ++hi; 3124 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3125 ++hi; 3126 return cat_prefix_varname('w', hi->hi_key); 3127 } 3128 3129 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 3130 /* t: variables */ 3131 ht = &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 3132 if (tdone < ht->ht_used) 3133 { 3134 if (tdone++ == 0) 3135 hi = ht->ht_array; 3136 else 3137 ++hi; 3138 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3139 ++hi; 3140 return cat_prefix_varname('t', hi->hi_key); 3141 } 3142 #endif 3143 3144 /* v: variables */ 3145 if (vidx < VV_LEN) 3146 return cat_prefix_varname('v', (char_u *)vimvars[vidx++].vv_name); 3147 3148 vim_free(varnamebuf); 3149 varnamebuf = NULL; 3150 varnamebuflen = 0; 3151 return NULL; 3152 } 3153 3154 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 3155 3156 /* 3157 * Return TRUE if "pat" matches "text". 3158 * Does not use 'cpo' and always uses 'magic'. 3159 */ 3160 static int 3161 pattern_match(char_u *pat, char_u *text, int ic) 3162 { 3163 int matches = FALSE; 3164 char_u *save_cpo; 3165 regmatch_T regmatch; 3166 3167 /* avoid 'l' flag in 'cpoptions' */ 3168 save_cpo = p_cpo; 3169 p_cpo = (char_u *)""; 3170 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 3171 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 3172 { 3173 regmatch.rm_ic = ic; 3174 matches = vim_regexec_nl(®match, text, (colnr_T)0); 3175 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 3176 } 3177 p_cpo = save_cpo; 3178 return matches; 3179 } 3180 3181 /* 3182 * types for expressions. 3183 */ 3184 typedef enum 3185 { 3186 TYPE_UNKNOWN = 0 3187 , TYPE_EQUAL /* == */ 3188 , TYPE_NEQUAL /* != */ 3189 , TYPE_GREATER /* > */ 3190 , TYPE_GEQUAL /* >= */ 3191 , TYPE_SMALLER /* < */ 3192 , TYPE_SEQUAL /* <= */ 3193 , TYPE_MATCH /* =~ */ 3194 , TYPE_NOMATCH /* !~ */ 3195 } exptype_T; 3196 3197 /* 3198 * The "evaluate" argument: When FALSE, the argument is only parsed but not 3199 * executed. The function may return OK, but the rettv will be of type 3200 * VAR_UNKNOWN. The function still returns FAIL for a syntax error. 3201 */ 3202 3203 /* 3204 * Handle zero level expression. 3205 * This calls eval1() and handles error message and nextcmd. 3206 * Put the result in "rettv" when returning OK and "evaluate" is TRUE. 3207 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3208 * Return OK or FAIL. 3209 */ 3210 int 3211 eval0( 3212 char_u *arg, 3213 typval_T *rettv, 3214 char_u **nextcmd, 3215 int evaluate) 3216 { 3217 int ret; 3218 char_u *p; 3219 3220 p = skipwhite(arg); 3221 ret = eval1(&p, rettv, evaluate); 3222 if (ret == FAIL || !ends_excmd(*p)) 3223 { 3224 if (ret != FAIL) 3225 clear_tv(rettv); 3226 /* 3227 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation has 3228 * been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 3229 * exception. 3230 */ 3231 if (!aborting()) 3232 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), arg); 3233 ret = FAIL; 3234 } 3235 if (nextcmd != NULL) 3236 *nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p); 3237 3238 return ret; 3239 } 3240 3241 /* 3242 * Handle top level expression: 3243 * expr2 ? expr1 : expr1 3244 * 3245 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3246 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3247 * 3248 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3249 * 3250 * Return OK or FAIL. 3251 */ 3252 int 3253 eval1(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3254 { 3255 int result; 3256 typval_T var2; 3257 3258 /* 3259 * Get the first variable. 3260 */ 3261 if (eval2(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3262 return FAIL; 3263 3264 if ((*arg)[0] == '?') 3265 { 3266 result = FALSE; 3267 if (evaluate) 3268 { 3269 int error = FALSE; 3270 3271 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3272 result = TRUE; 3273 clear_tv(rettv); 3274 if (error) 3275 return FAIL; 3276 } 3277 3278 /* 3279 * Get the second variable. 3280 */ 3281 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3282 if (eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate && result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3283 return FAIL; 3284 3285 /* 3286 * Check for the ":". 3287 */ 3288 if ((*arg)[0] != ':') 3289 { 3290 EMSG(_("E109: Missing ':' after '?'")); 3291 if (evaluate && result) 3292 clear_tv(rettv); 3293 return FAIL; 3294 } 3295 3296 /* 3297 * Get the third variable. 3298 */ 3299 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3300 if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3301 { 3302 if (evaluate && result) 3303 clear_tv(rettv); 3304 return FAIL; 3305 } 3306 if (evaluate && !result) 3307 *rettv = var2; 3308 } 3309 3310 return OK; 3311 } 3312 3313 /* 3314 * Handle first level expression: 3315 * expr2 || expr2 || expr2 logical OR 3316 * 3317 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3318 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3319 * 3320 * Return OK or FAIL. 3321 */ 3322 static int 3323 eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3324 { 3325 typval_T var2; 3326 long result; 3327 int first; 3328 int error = FALSE; 3329 3330 /* 3331 * Get the first variable. 3332 */ 3333 if (eval3(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3334 return FAIL; 3335 3336 /* 3337 * Repeat until there is no following "||". 3338 */ 3339 first = TRUE; 3340 result = FALSE; 3341 while ((*arg)[0] == '|' && (*arg)[1] == '|') 3342 { 3343 if (evaluate && first) 3344 { 3345 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3346 result = TRUE; 3347 clear_tv(rettv); 3348 if (error) 3349 return FAIL; 3350 first = FALSE; 3351 } 3352 3353 /* 3354 * Get the second variable. 3355 */ 3356 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3357 if (eval3(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) 3358 return FAIL; 3359 3360 /* 3361 * Compute the result. 3362 */ 3363 if (evaluate && !result) 3364 { 3365 if (get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error) != 0) 3366 result = TRUE; 3367 clear_tv(&var2); 3368 if (error) 3369 return FAIL; 3370 } 3371 if (evaluate) 3372 { 3373 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3374 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3375 } 3376 } 3377 3378 return OK; 3379 } 3380 3381 /* 3382 * Handle second level expression: 3383 * expr3 && expr3 && expr3 logical AND 3384 * 3385 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3386 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3387 * 3388 * Return OK or FAIL. 3389 */ 3390 static int 3391 eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3392 { 3393 typval_T var2; 3394 long result; 3395 int first; 3396 int error = FALSE; 3397 3398 /* 3399 * Get the first variable. 3400 */ 3401 if (eval4(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3402 return FAIL; 3403 3404 /* 3405 * Repeat until there is no following "&&". 3406 */ 3407 first = TRUE; 3408 result = TRUE; 3409 while ((*arg)[0] == '&' && (*arg)[1] == '&') 3410 { 3411 if (evaluate && first) 3412 { 3413 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) == 0) 3414 result = FALSE; 3415 clear_tv(rettv); 3416 if (error) 3417 return FAIL; 3418 first = FALSE; 3419 } 3420 3421 /* 3422 * Get the second variable. 3423 */ 3424 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3425 if (eval4(arg, &var2, evaluate && result) == FAIL) 3426 return FAIL; 3427 3428 /* 3429 * Compute the result. 3430 */ 3431 if (evaluate && result) 3432 { 3433 if (get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error) == 0) 3434 result = FALSE; 3435 clear_tv(&var2); 3436 if (error) 3437 return FAIL; 3438 } 3439 if (evaluate) 3440 { 3441 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3442 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3443 } 3444 } 3445 3446 return OK; 3447 } 3448 3449 /* 3450 * Handle third level expression: 3451 * var1 == var2 3452 * var1 =~ var2 3453 * var1 != var2 3454 * var1 !~ var2 3455 * var1 > var2 3456 * var1 >= var2 3457 * var1 < var2 3458 * var1 <= var2 3459 * var1 is var2 3460 * var1 isnot var2 3461 * 3462 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3463 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3464 * 3465 * Return OK or FAIL. 3466 */ 3467 static int 3468 eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3469 { 3470 typval_T var2; 3471 char_u *p; 3472 int i; 3473 exptype_T type = TYPE_UNKNOWN; 3474 int type_is = FALSE; /* TRUE for "is" and "isnot" */ 3475 int len = 2; 3476 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3477 char_u *s1, *s2; 3478 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 3479 int ic; 3480 3481 /* 3482 * Get the first variable. 3483 */ 3484 if (eval5(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3485 return FAIL; 3486 3487 p = *arg; 3488 switch (p[0]) 3489 { 3490 case '=': if (p[1] == '=') 3491 type = TYPE_EQUAL; 3492 else if (p[1] == '~') 3493 type = TYPE_MATCH; 3494 break; 3495 case '!': if (p[1] == '=') 3496 type = TYPE_NEQUAL; 3497 else if (p[1] == '~') 3498 type = TYPE_NOMATCH; 3499 break; 3500 case '>': if (p[1] != '=') 3501 { 3502 type = TYPE_GREATER; 3503 len = 1; 3504 } 3505 else 3506 type = TYPE_GEQUAL; 3507 break; 3508 case '<': if (p[1] != '=') 3509 { 3510 type = TYPE_SMALLER; 3511 len = 1; 3512 } 3513 else 3514 type = TYPE_SEQUAL; 3515 break; 3516 case 'i': if (p[1] == 's') 3517 { 3518 if (p[2] == 'n' && p[3] == 'o' && p[4] == 't') 3519 len = 5; 3520 i = p[len]; 3521 if (!isalnum(i) && i != '_') 3522 { 3523 type = len == 2 ? TYPE_EQUAL : TYPE_NEQUAL; 3524 type_is = TRUE; 3525 } 3526 } 3527 break; 3528 } 3529 3530 /* 3531 * If there is a comparative operator, use it. 3532 */ 3533 if (type != TYPE_UNKNOWN) 3534 { 3535 /* extra question mark appended: ignore case */ 3536 if (p[len] == '?') 3537 { 3538 ic = TRUE; 3539 ++len; 3540 } 3541 /* extra '#' appended: match case */ 3542 else if (p[len] == '#') 3543 { 3544 ic = FALSE; 3545 ++len; 3546 } 3547 /* nothing appended: use 'ignorecase' */ 3548 else 3549 ic = p_ic; 3550 3551 /* 3552 * Get the second variable. 3553 */ 3554 *arg = skipwhite(p + len); 3555 if (eval5(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) 3556 { 3557 clear_tv(rettv); 3558 return FAIL; 3559 } 3560 3561 if (evaluate) 3562 { 3563 if (type_is && rettv->v_type != var2.v_type) 3564 { 3565 /* For "is" a different type always means FALSE, for "notis" 3566 * it means TRUE. */ 3567 n1 = (type == TYPE_NEQUAL); 3568 } 3569 else if (rettv->v_type == VAR_LIST || var2.v_type == VAR_LIST) 3570 { 3571 if (type_is) 3572 { 3573 n1 = (rettv->v_type == var2.v_type 3574 && rettv->vval.v_list == var2.vval.v_list); 3575 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 3576 n1 = !n1; 3577 } 3578 else if (rettv->v_type != var2.v_type 3579 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 3580 { 3581 if (rettv->v_type != var2.v_type) 3582 EMSG(_("E691: Can only compare List with List")); 3583 else 3584 EMSG(_("E692: Invalid operation for List")); 3585 clear_tv(rettv); 3586 clear_tv(&var2); 3587 return FAIL; 3588 } 3589 else 3590 { 3591 /* Compare two Lists for being equal or unequal. */ 3592 n1 = list_equal(rettv->vval.v_list, var2.vval.v_list, 3593 ic, FALSE); 3594 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 3595 n1 = !n1; 3596 } 3597 } 3598 3599 else if (rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT || var2.v_type == VAR_DICT) 3600 { 3601 if (type_is) 3602 { 3603 n1 = (rettv->v_type == var2.v_type 3604 && rettv->vval.v_dict == var2.vval.v_dict); 3605 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 3606 n1 = !n1; 3607 } 3608 else if (rettv->v_type != var2.v_type 3609 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 3610 { 3611 if (rettv->v_type != var2.v_type) 3612 EMSG(_("E735: Can only compare Dictionary with Dictionary")); 3613 else 3614 EMSG(_("E736: Invalid operation for Dictionary")); 3615 clear_tv(rettv); 3616 clear_tv(&var2); 3617 return FAIL; 3618 } 3619 else 3620 { 3621 /* Compare two Dictionaries for being equal or unequal. */ 3622 n1 = dict_equal(rettv->vval.v_dict, var2.vval.v_dict, 3623 ic, FALSE); 3624 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 3625 n1 = !n1; 3626 } 3627 } 3628 3629 else if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC || var2.v_type == VAR_FUNC 3630 || rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL || var2.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 3631 { 3632 if (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL) 3633 { 3634 EMSG(_("E694: Invalid operation for Funcrefs")); 3635 clear_tv(rettv); 3636 clear_tv(&var2); 3637 return FAIL; 3638 } 3639 if ((rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 3640 && rettv->vval.v_partial == NULL) 3641 || (var2.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 3642 && var2.vval.v_partial == NULL)) 3643 /* when a partial is NULL assume not equal */ 3644 n1 = FALSE; 3645 else if (type_is) 3646 { 3647 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC && var2.v_type == VAR_FUNC) 3648 /* strings are considered the same if their value is 3649 * the same */ 3650 n1 = tv_equal(rettv, &var2, ic, FALSE); 3651 else if (rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 3652 && var2.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 3653 n1 = (rettv->vval.v_partial == var2.vval.v_partial); 3654 else 3655 n1 = FALSE; 3656 } 3657 else 3658 n1 = tv_equal(rettv, &var2, ic, FALSE); 3659 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 3660 n1 = !n1; 3661 } 3662 3663 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3664 /* 3665 * If one of the two variables is a float, compare as a float. 3666 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 3667 */ 3668 else if ((rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3669 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 3670 { 3671 float_T f1, f2; 3672 3673 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3674 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3675 else 3676 f1 = get_tv_number(rettv); 3677 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3678 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 3679 else 3680 f2 = get_tv_number(&var2); 3681 n1 = FALSE; 3682 switch (type) 3683 { 3684 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (f1 == f2); break; 3685 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (f1 != f2); break; 3686 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (f1 > f2); break; 3687 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (f1 >= f2); break; 3688 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (f1 < f2); break; 3689 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (f1 <= f2); break; 3690 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 3691 case TYPE_MATCH: 3692 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 3693 } 3694 } 3695 #endif 3696 3697 /* 3698 * If one of the two variables is a number, compare as a number. 3699 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 3700 */ 3701 else if ((rettv->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || var2.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 3702 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 3703 { 3704 n1 = get_tv_number(rettv); 3705 n2 = get_tv_number(&var2); 3706 switch (type) 3707 { 3708 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (n1 == n2); break; 3709 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (n1 != n2); break; 3710 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (n1 > n2); break; 3711 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (n1 >= n2); break; 3712 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (n1 < n2); break; 3713 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (n1 <= n2); break; 3714 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 3715 case TYPE_MATCH: 3716 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 3717 } 3718 } 3719 else 3720 { 3721 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(rettv, buf1); 3722 s2 = get_tv_string_buf(&var2, buf2); 3723 if (type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 3724 i = ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2); 3725 else 3726 i = 0; 3727 n1 = FALSE; 3728 switch (type) 3729 { 3730 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (i == 0); break; 3731 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (i != 0); break; 3732 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (i > 0); break; 3733 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (i >= 0); break; 3734 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (i < 0); break; 3735 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (i <= 0); break; 3736 3737 case TYPE_MATCH: 3738 case TYPE_NOMATCH: 3739 n1 = pattern_match(s2, s1, ic); 3740 if (type == TYPE_NOMATCH) 3741 n1 = !n1; 3742 break; 3743 3744 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 3745 } 3746 } 3747 clear_tv(rettv); 3748 clear_tv(&var2); 3749 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3750 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 3751 } 3752 } 3753 3754 return OK; 3755 } 3756 3757 /* 3758 * Handle fourth level expression: 3759 * + number addition 3760 * - number subtraction 3761 * . string concatenation 3762 * 3763 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3764 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3765 * 3766 * Return OK or FAIL. 3767 */ 3768 static int 3769 eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3770 { 3771 typval_T var2; 3772 typval_T var3; 3773 int op; 3774 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3775 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3776 float_T f1 = 0, f2 = 0; 3777 #endif 3778 char_u *s1, *s2; 3779 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 3780 char_u *p; 3781 3782 /* 3783 * Get the first variable. 3784 */ 3785 if (eval6(arg, rettv, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 3786 return FAIL; 3787 3788 /* 3789 * Repeat computing, until no '+', '-' or '.' is following. 3790 */ 3791 for (;;) 3792 { 3793 op = **arg; 3794 if (op != '+' && op != '-' && op != '.') 3795 break; 3796 3797 if ((op != '+' || rettv->v_type != VAR_LIST) 3798 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3799 && (op == '.' || rettv->v_type != VAR_FLOAT) 3800 #endif 3801 ) 3802 { 3803 /* For "list + ...", an illegal use of the first operand as 3804 * a number cannot be determined before evaluating the 2nd 3805 * operand: if this is also a list, all is ok. 3806 * For "something . ...", "something - ..." or "non-list + ...", 3807 * we know that the first operand needs to be a string or number 3808 * without evaluating the 2nd operand. So check before to avoid 3809 * side effects after an error. */ 3810 if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(rettv) == NULL) 3811 { 3812 clear_tv(rettv); 3813 return FAIL; 3814 } 3815 } 3816 3817 /* 3818 * Get the second variable. 3819 */ 3820 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3821 if (eval6(arg, &var2, evaluate, op == '.') == FAIL) 3822 { 3823 clear_tv(rettv); 3824 return FAIL; 3825 } 3826 3827 if (evaluate) 3828 { 3829 /* 3830 * Compute the result. 3831 */ 3832 if (op == '.') 3833 { 3834 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(rettv, buf1); /* already checked */ 3835 s2 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&var2, buf2); 3836 if (s2 == NULL) /* type error ? */ 3837 { 3838 clear_tv(rettv); 3839 clear_tv(&var2); 3840 return FAIL; 3841 } 3842 p = concat_str(s1, s2); 3843 clear_tv(rettv); 3844 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 3845 rettv->vval.v_string = p; 3846 } 3847 else if (op == '+' && rettv->v_type == VAR_LIST 3848 && var2.v_type == VAR_LIST) 3849 { 3850 /* concatenate Lists */ 3851 if (list_concat(rettv->vval.v_list, var2.vval.v_list, 3852 &var3) == FAIL) 3853 { 3854 clear_tv(rettv); 3855 clear_tv(&var2); 3856 return FAIL; 3857 } 3858 clear_tv(rettv); 3859 *rettv = var3; 3860 } 3861 else 3862 { 3863 int error = FALSE; 3864 3865 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3866 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3867 { 3868 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3869 n1 = 0; 3870 } 3871 else 3872 #endif 3873 { 3874 n1 = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 3875 if (error) 3876 { 3877 /* This can only happen for "list + non-list". For 3878 * "non-list + ..." or "something - ...", we returned 3879 * before evaluating the 2nd operand. */ 3880 clear_tv(rettv); 3881 return FAIL; 3882 } 3883 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3884 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3885 f1 = n1; 3886 #endif 3887 } 3888 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3889 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3890 { 3891 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 3892 n2 = 0; 3893 } 3894 else 3895 #endif 3896 { 3897 n2 = get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error); 3898 if (error) 3899 { 3900 clear_tv(rettv); 3901 clear_tv(&var2); 3902 return FAIL; 3903 } 3904 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3905 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3906 f2 = n2; 3907 #endif 3908 } 3909 clear_tv(rettv); 3910 3911 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3912 /* If there is a float on either side the result is a float. */ 3913 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3914 { 3915 if (op == '+') 3916 f1 = f1 + f2; 3917 else 3918 f1 = f1 - f2; 3919 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 3920 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 3921 } 3922 else 3923 #endif 3924 { 3925 if (op == '+') 3926 n1 = n1 + n2; 3927 else 3928 n1 = n1 - n2; 3929 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3930 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 3931 } 3932 } 3933 clear_tv(&var2); 3934 } 3935 } 3936 return OK; 3937 } 3938 3939 /* 3940 * Handle fifth level expression: 3941 * * number multiplication 3942 * / number division 3943 * % number modulo 3944 * 3945 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3946 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3947 * 3948 * Return OK or FAIL. 3949 */ 3950 static int 3951 eval6( 3952 char_u **arg, 3953 typval_T *rettv, 3954 int evaluate, 3955 int want_string) /* after "." operator */ 3956 { 3957 typval_T var2; 3958 int op; 3959 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3960 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3961 int use_float = FALSE; 3962 float_T f1 = 0, f2; 3963 #endif 3964 int error = FALSE; 3965 3966 /* 3967 * Get the first variable. 3968 */ 3969 if (eval7(arg, rettv, evaluate, want_string) == FAIL) 3970 return FAIL; 3971 3972 /* 3973 * Repeat computing, until no '*', '/' or '%' is following. 3974 */ 3975 for (;;) 3976 { 3977 op = **arg; 3978 if (op != '*' && op != '/' && op != '%') 3979 break; 3980 3981 if (evaluate) 3982 { 3983 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3984 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3985 { 3986 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3987 use_float = TRUE; 3988 n1 = 0; 3989 } 3990 else 3991 #endif 3992 n1 = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 3993 clear_tv(rettv); 3994 if (error) 3995 return FAIL; 3996 } 3997 else 3998 n1 = 0; 3999 4000 /* 4001 * Get the second variable. 4002 */ 4003 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4004 if (eval7(arg, &var2, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 4005 return FAIL; 4006 4007 if (evaluate) 4008 { 4009 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4010 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4011 { 4012 if (!use_float) 4013 { 4014 f1 = n1; 4015 use_float = TRUE; 4016 } 4017 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 4018 n2 = 0; 4019 } 4020 else 4021 #endif 4022 { 4023 n2 = get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error); 4024 clear_tv(&var2); 4025 if (error) 4026 return FAIL; 4027 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4028 if (use_float) 4029 f2 = n2; 4030 #endif 4031 } 4032 4033 /* 4034 * Compute the result. 4035 * When either side is a float the result is a float. 4036 */ 4037 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4038 if (use_float) 4039 { 4040 if (op == '*') 4041 f1 = f1 * f2; 4042 else if (op == '/') 4043 { 4044 # ifdef VMS 4045 /* VMS crashes on divide by zero, work around it */ 4046 if (f2 == 0.0) 4047 { 4048 if (f1 == 0) 4049 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX - 1L; /* similar to NaN */ 4050 else if (f1 < 0) 4051 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX; 4052 else 4053 f1 = __F_FLT_MAX; 4054 } 4055 else 4056 f1 = f1 / f2; 4057 # else 4058 /* We rely on the floating point library to handle divide 4059 * by zero to result in "inf" and not a crash. */ 4060 f1 = f1 / f2; 4061 # endif 4062 } 4063 else 4064 { 4065 EMSG(_("E804: Cannot use '%' with Float")); 4066 return FAIL; 4067 } 4068 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 4069 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 4070 } 4071 else 4072 #endif 4073 { 4074 if (op == '*') 4075 n1 = n1 * n2; 4076 else if (op == '/') 4077 { 4078 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 4079 { 4080 if (n1 == 0) 4081 n1 = VARNUM_MIN; /* similar to NaN */ 4082 else if (n1 < 0) 4083 n1 = -VARNUM_MAX; 4084 else 4085 n1 = VARNUM_MAX; 4086 } 4087 else 4088 n1 = n1 / n2; 4089 } 4090 else 4091 { 4092 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 4093 n1 = 0; 4094 else 4095 n1 = n1 % n2; 4096 } 4097 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4098 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 4099 } 4100 } 4101 } 4102 4103 return OK; 4104 } 4105 4106 /* 4107 * Handle sixth level expression: 4108 * number number constant 4109 * "string" string constant 4110 * 'string' literal string constant 4111 * &option-name option value 4112 * @r register contents 4113 * identifier variable value 4114 * function() function call 4115 * $VAR environment variable 4116 * (expression) nested expression 4117 * [expr, expr] List 4118 * {key: val, key: val} Dictionary 4119 * 4120 * Also handle: 4121 * ! in front logical NOT 4122 * - in front unary minus 4123 * + in front unary plus (ignored) 4124 * trailing [] subscript in String or List 4125 * trailing .name entry in Dictionary 4126 * 4127 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 4128 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 4129 * 4130 * Return OK or FAIL. 4131 */ 4132 static int 4133 eval7( 4134 char_u **arg, 4135 typval_T *rettv, 4136 int evaluate, 4137 int want_string UNUSED) /* after "." operator */ 4138 { 4139 varnumber_T n; 4140 int len; 4141 char_u *s; 4142 char_u *start_leader, *end_leader; 4143 int ret = OK; 4144 char_u *alias; 4145 4146 /* 4147 * Initialise variable so that clear_tv() can't mistake this for a 4148 * string and free a string that isn't there. 4149 */ 4150 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 4151 4152 /* 4153 * Skip '!', '-' and '+' characters. They are handled later. 4154 */ 4155 start_leader = *arg; 4156 while (**arg == '!' || **arg == '-' || **arg == '+') 4157 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4158 end_leader = *arg; 4159 4160 switch (**arg) 4161 { 4162 /* 4163 * Number constant. 4164 */ 4165 case '0': 4166 case '1': 4167 case '2': 4168 case '3': 4169 case '4': 4170 case '5': 4171 case '6': 4172 case '7': 4173 case '8': 4174 case '9': 4175 { 4176 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4177 char_u *p = skipdigits(*arg + 1); 4178 int get_float = FALSE; 4179 4180 /* We accept a float when the format matches 4181 * "[0-9]\+\.[0-9]\+\([eE][+-]\?[0-9]\+\)\?". This is very 4182 * strict to avoid backwards compatibility problems. 4183 * Don't look for a float after the "." operator, so that 4184 * ":let vers = 1.2.3" doesn't fail. */ 4185 if (!want_string && p[0] == '.' && vim_isdigit(p[1])) 4186 { 4187 get_float = TRUE; 4188 p = skipdigits(p + 2); 4189 if (*p == 'e' || *p == 'E') 4190 { 4191 ++p; 4192 if (*p == '-' || *p == '+') 4193 ++p; 4194 if (!vim_isdigit(*p)) 4195 get_float = FALSE; 4196 else 4197 p = skipdigits(p + 1); 4198 } 4199 if (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) || *p == '.') 4200 get_float = FALSE; 4201 } 4202 if (get_float) 4203 { 4204 float_T f; 4205 4206 *arg += string2float(*arg, &f); 4207 if (evaluate) 4208 { 4209 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 4210 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4211 } 4212 } 4213 else 4214 #endif 4215 { 4216 vim_str2nr(*arg, NULL, &len, STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 4217 *arg += len; 4218 if (evaluate) 4219 { 4220 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4221 rettv->vval.v_number = n; 4222 } 4223 } 4224 break; 4225 } 4226 4227 /* 4228 * String constant: "string". 4229 */ 4230 case '"': ret = get_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4231 break; 4232 4233 /* 4234 * Literal string constant: 'str''ing'. 4235 */ 4236 case '\'': ret = get_lit_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4237 break; 4238 4239 /* 4240 * List: [expr, expr] 4241 */ 4242 case '[': ret = get_list_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4243 break; 4244 4245 /* 4246 * Lambda: {arg, arg -> expr} 4247 * Dictionary: {key: val, key: val} 4248 */ 4249 case '{': ret = get_lambda_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4250 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4251 ret = get_dict_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4252 break; 4253 4254 /* 4255 * Option value: &name 4256 */ 4257 case '&': ret = get_option_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4258 break; 4259 4260 /* 4261 * Environment variable: $VAR. 4262 */ 4263 case '$': ret = get_env_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4264 break; 4265 4266 /* 4267 * Register contents: @r. 4268 */ 4269 case '@': ++*arg; 4270 if (evaluate) 4271 { 4272 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4273 rettv->vval.v_string = get_reg_contents(**arg, 4274 GREG_EXPR_SRC); 4275 } 4276 if (**arg != NUL) 4277 ++*arg; 4278 break; 4279 4280 /* 4281 * nested expression: (expression). 4282 */ 4283 case '(': *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4284 ret = eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate); /* recursive! */ 4285 if (**arg == ')') 4286 ++*arg; 4287 else if (ret == OK) 4288 { 4289 EMSG(_("E110: Missing ')'")); 4290 clear_tv(rettv); 4291 ret = FAIL; 4292 } 4293 break; 4294 4295 default: ret = NOTDONE; 4296 break; 4297 } 4298 4299 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4300 { 4301 /* 4302 * Must be a variable or function name. 4303 * Can also be a curly-braces kind of name: {expr}. 4304 */ 4305 s = *arg; 4306 len = get_name_len(arg, &alias, evaluate, TRUE); 4307 if (alias != NULL) 4308 s = alias; 4309 4310 if (len <= 0) 4311 ret = FAIL; 4312 else 4313 { 4314 if (**arg == '(') /* recursive! */ 4315 { 4316 partial_T *partial; 4317 4318 if (!evaluate) 4319 check_vars(s, len); 4320 4321 /* If "s" is the name of a variable of type VAR_FUNC 4322 * use its contents. */ 4323 s = deref_func_name(s, &len, &partial, !evaluate); 4324 4325 /* Need to make a copy, in case evaluating the arguments makes 4326 * the name invalid. */ 4327 s = vim_strsave(s); 4328 if (s == NULL) 4329 ret = FAIL; 4330 else 4331 /* Invoke the function. */ 4332 ret = get_func_tv(s, len, rettv, arg, 4333 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 4334 &len, evaluate, partial, NULL); 4335 vim_free(s); 4336 4337 /* If evaluate is FALSE rettv->v_type was not set in 4338 * get_func_tv, but it's needed in handle_subscript() to parse 4339 * what follows. So set it here. */ 4340 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_UNKNOWN && !evaluate && **arg == '(') 4341 { 4342 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4343 rettv->v_type = VAR_FUNC; 4344 } 4345 4346 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately 4347 * aborting on error, or when an interrupt occurred or 4348 * an exception was thrown but not caught. */ 4349 if (aborting()) 4350 { 4351 if (ret == OK) 4352 clear_tv(rettv); 4353 ret = FAIL; 4354 } 4355 } 4356 else if (evaluate) 4357 ret = get_var_tv(s, len, rettv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE); 4358 else 4359 { 4360 check_vars(s, len); 4361 ret = OK; 4362 } 4363 } 4364 vim_free(alias); 4365 } 4366 4367 *arg = skipwhite(*arg); 4368 4369 /* Handle following '[', '(' and '.' for expr[expr], expr.name, 4370 * expr(expr). */ 4371 if (ret == OK) 4372 ret = handle_subscript(arg, rettv, evaluate, TRUE); 4373 4374 /* 4375 * Apply logical NOT and unary '-', from right to left, ignore '+'. 4376 */ 4377 if (ret == OK && evaluate && end_leader > start_leader) 4378 { 4379 int error = FALSE; 4380 varnumber_T val = 0; 4381 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4382 float_T f = 0.0; 4383 4384 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4385 f = rettv->vval.v_float; 4386 else 4387 #endif 4388 val = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 4389 if (error) 4390 { 4391 clear_tv(rettv); 4392 ret = FAIL; 4393 } 4394 else 4395 { 4396 while (end_leader > start_leader) 4397 { 4398 --end_leader; 4399 if (*end_leader == '!') 4400 { 4401 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4402 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4403 f = !f; 4404 else 4405 #endif 4406 val = !val; 4407 } 4408 else if (*end_leader == '-') 4409 { 4410 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4411 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4412 f = -f; 4413 else 4414 #endif 4415 val = -val; 4416 } 4417 } 4418 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4419 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4420 { 4421 clear_tv(rettv); 4422 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4423 } 4424 else 4425 #endif 4426 { 4427 clear_tv(rettv); 4428 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4429 rettv->vval.v_number = val; 4430 } 4431 } 4432 } 4433 4434 return ret; 4435 } 4436 4437 /* 4438 * Evaluate an "[expr]" or "[expr:expr]" index. Also "dict.key". 4439 * "*arg" points to the '[' or '.'. 4440 * Returns FAIL or OK. "*arg" is advanced to after the ']'. 4441 */ 4442 static int 4443 eval_index( 4444 char_u **arg, 4445 typval_T *rettv, 4446 int evaluate, 4447 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 4448 { 4449 int empty1 = FALSE, empty2 = FALSE; 4450 typval_T var1, var2; 4451 long n1, n2 = 0; 4452 long len = -1; 4453 int range = FALSE; 4454 char_u *s; 4455 char_u *key = NULL; 4456 4457 switch (rettv->v_type) 4458 { 4459 case VAR_FUNC: 4460 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4461 if (verbose) 4462 EMSG(_("E695: Cannot index a Funcref")); 4463 return FAIL; 4464 case VAR_FLOAT: 4465 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4466 if (verbose) 4467 EMSG(_(e_float_as_string)); 4468 return FAIL; 4469 #endif 4470 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4471 case VAR_JOB: 4472 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4473 if (verbose) 4474 EMSG(_("E909: Cannot index a special variable")); 4475 return FAIL; 4476 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4477 if (evaluate) 4478 return FAIL; 4479 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4480 4481 case VAR_STRING: 4482 case VAR_NUMBER: 4483 case VAR_LIST: 4484 case VAR_DICT: 4485 break; 4486 } 4487 4488 init_tv(&var1); 4489 init_tv(&var2); 4490 if (**arg == '.') 4491 { 4492 /* 4493 * dict.name 4494 */ 4495 key = *arg + 1; 4496 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 4497 ; 4498 if (len == 0) 4499 return FAIL; 4500 *arg = skipwhite(key + len); 4501 } 4502 else 4503 { 4504 /* 4505 * something[idx] 4506 * 4507 * Get the (first) variable from inside the []. 4508 */ 4509 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4510 if (**arg == ':') 4511 empty1 = TRUE; 4512 else if (eval1(arg, &var1, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4513 return FAIL; 4514 else if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 4515 { 4516 /* not a number or string */ 4517 clear_tv(&var1); 4518 return FAIL; 4519 } 4520 4521 /* 4522 * Get the second variable from inside the [:]. 4523 */ 4524 if (**arg == ':') 4525 { 4526 range = TRUE; 4527 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4528 if (**arg == ']') 4529 empty2 = TRUE; 4530 else if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4531 { 4532 if (!empty1) 4533 clear_tv(&var1); 4534 return FAIL; 4535 } 4536 else if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 4537 { 4538 /* not a number or string */ 4539 if (!empty1) 4540 clear_tv(&var1); 4541 clear_tv(&var2); 4542 return FAIL; 4543 } 4544 } 4545 4546 /* Check for the ']'. */ 4547 if (**arg != ']') 4548 { 4549 if (verbose) 4550 EMSG(_(e_missbrac)); 4551 clear_tv(&var1); 4552 if (range) 4553 clear_tv(&var2); 4554 return FAIL; 4555 } 4556 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); /* skip the ']' */ 4557 } 4558 4559 if (evaluate) 4560 { 4561 n1 = 0; 4562 if (!empty1 && rettv->v_type != VAR_DICT) 4563 { 4564 n1 = get_tv_number(&var1); 4565 clear_tv(&var1); 4566 } 4567 if (range) 4568 { 4569 if (empty2) 4570 n2 = -1; 4571 else 4572 { 4573 n2 = get_tv_number(&var2); 4574 clear_tv(&var2); 4575 } 4576 } 4577 4578 switch (rettv->v_type) 4579 { 4580 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4581 case VAR_FUNC: 4582 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4583 case VAR_FLOAT: 4584 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4585 case VAR_JOB: 4586 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4587 break; /* not evaluating, skipping over subscript */ 4588 4589 case VAR_NUMBER: 4590 case VAR_STRING: 4591 s = get_tv_string(rettv); 4592 len = (long)STRLEN(s); 4593 if (range) 4594 { 4595 /* The resulting variable is a substring. If the indexes 4596 * are out of range the result is empty. */ 4597 if (n1 < 0) 4598 { 4599 n1 = len + n1; 4600 if (n1 < 0) 4601 n1 = 0; 4602 } 4603 if (n2 < 0) 4604 n2 = len + n2; 4605 else if (n2 >= len) 4606 n2 = len; 4607 if (n1 >= len || n2 < 0 || n1 > n2) 4608 s = NULL; 4609 else 4610 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, (int)(n2 - n1 + 1)); 4611 } 4612 else 4613 { 4614 /* The resulting variable is a string of a single 4615 * character. If the index is too big or negative the 4616 * result is empty. */ 4617 if (n1 >= len || n1 < 0) 4618 s = NULL; 4619 else 4620 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, 1); 4621 } 4622 clear_tv(rettv); 4623 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4624 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 4625 break; 4626 4627 case VAR_LIST: 4628 len = list_len(rettv->vval.v_list); 4629 if (n1 < 0) 4630 n1 = len + n1; 4631 if (!empty1 && (n1 < 0 || n1 >= len)) 4632 { 4633 /* For a range we allow invalid values and return an empty 4634 * list. A list index out of range is an error. */ 4635 if (!range) 4636 { 4637 if (verbose) 4638 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), n1); 4639 return FAIL; 4640 } 4641 n1 = len; 4642 } 4643 if (range) 4644 { 4645 list_T *l; 4646 listitem_T *item; 4647 4648 if (n2 < 0) 4649 n2 = len + n2; 4650 else if (n2 >= len) 4651 n2 = len - 1; 4652 if (!empty2 && (n2 < 0 || n2 + 1 < n1)) 4653 n2 = -1; 4654 l = list_alloc(); 4655 if (l == NULL) 4656 return FAIL; 4657 for (item = list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1); 4658 n1 <= n2; ++n1) 4659 { 4660 if (list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv) == FAIL) 4661 { 4662 list_free(l); 4663 return FAIL; 4664 } 4665 item = item->li_next; 4666 } 4667 clear_tv(rettv); 4668 rettv_list_set(rettv, l); 4669 } 4670 else 4671 { 4672 copy_tv(&list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1)->li_tv, &var1); 4673 clear_tv(rettv); 4674 *rettv = var1; 4675 } 4676 break; 4677 4678 case VAR_DICT: 4679 if (range) 4680 { 4681 if (verbose) 4682 EMSG(_(e_dictrange)); 4683 if (len == -1) 4684 clear_tv(&var1); 4685 return FAIL; 4686 } 4687 { 4688 dictitem_T *item; 4689 4690 if (len == -1) 4691 { 4692 key = get_tv_string_chk(&var1); 4693 if (key == NULL) 4694 { 4695 clear_tv(&var1); 4696 return FAIL; 4697 } 4698 } 4699 4700 item = dict_find(rettv->vval.v_dict, key, (int)len); 4701 4702 if (item == NULL && verbose) 4703 EMSG2(_(e_dictkey), key); 4704 if (len == -1) 4705 clear_tv(&var1); 4706 if (item == NULL) 4707 return FAIL; 4708 4709 copy_tv(&item->di_tv, &var1); 4710 clear_tv(rettv); 4711 *rettv = var1; 4712 } 4713 break; 4714 } 4715 } 4716 4717 return OK; 4718 } 4719 4720 /* 4721 * Get an option value. 4722 * "arg" points to the '&' or '+' before the option name. 4723 * "arg" is advanced to character after the option name. 4724 * Return OK or FAIL. 4725 */ 4726 int 4727 get_option_tv( 4728 char_u **arg, 4729 typval_T *rettv, /* when NULL, only check if option exists */ 4730 int evaluate) 4731 { 4732 char_u *option_end; 4733 long numval; 4734 char_u *stringval; 4735 int opt_type; 4736 int c; 4737 int working = (**arg == '+'); /* has("+option") */ 4738 int ret = OK; 4739 int opt_flags; 4740 4741 /* 4742 * Isolate the option name and find its value. 4743 */ 4744 option_end = find_option_end(arg, &opt_flags); 4745 if (option_end == NULL) 4746 { 4747 if (rettv != NULL) 4748 EMSG2(_("E112: Option name missing: %s"), *arg); 4749 return FAIL; 4750 } 4751 4752 if (!evaluate) 4753 { 4754 *arg = option_end; 4755 return OK; 4756 } 4757 4758 c = *option_end; 4759 *option_end = NUL; 4760 opt_type = get_option_value(*arg, &numval, 4761 rettv == NULL ? NULL : &stringval, opt_flags); 4762 4763 if (opt_type == -3) /* invalid name */ 4764 { 4765 if (rettv != NULL) 4766 EMSG2(_("E113: Unknown option: %s"), *arg); 4767 ret = FAIL; 4768 } 4769 else if (rettv != NULL) 4770 { 4771 if (opt_type == -2) /* hidden string option */ 4772 { 4773 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4774 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4775 } 4776 else if (opt_type == -1) /* hidden number option */ 4777 { 4778 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4779 rettv->vval.v_number = 0; 4780 } 4781 else if (opt_type == 1) /* number option */ 4782 { 4783 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4784 rettv->vval.v_number = numval; 4785 } 4786 else /* string option */ 4787 { 4788 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4789 rettv->vval.v_string = stringval; 4790 } 4791 } 4792 else if (working && (opt_type == -2 || opt_type == -1)) 4793 ret = FAIL; 4794 4795 *option_end = c; /* put back for error messages */ 4796 *arg = option_end; 4797 4798 return ret; 4799 } 4800 4801 /* 4802 * Allocate a variable for a string constant. 4803 * Return OK or FAIL. 4804 */ 4805 static int 4806 get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 4807 { 4808 char_u *p; 4809 char_u *name; 4810 int extra = 0; 4811 4812 /* 4813 * Find the end of the string, skipping backslashed characters. 4814 */ 4815 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 4816 { 4817 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 4818 { 4819 ++p; 4820 /* A "\<x>" form occupies at least 4 characters, and produces up 4821 * to 6 characters: reserve space for 2 extra */ 4822 if (*p == '<') 4823 extra += 2; 4824 } 4825 } 4826 4827 if (*p != '"') 4828 { 4829 EMSG2(_("E114: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 4830 return FAIL; 4831 } 4832 4833 /* If only parsing, set *arg and return here */ 4834 if (!evaluate) 4835 { 4836 *arg = p + 1; 4837 return OK; 4838 } 4839 4840 /* 4841 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling backslashed 4842 * characters. 4843 */ 4844 name = alloc((unsigned)(p - *arg + extra)); 4845 if (name == NULL) 4846 return FAIL; 4847 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4848 rettv->vval.v_string = name; 4849 4850 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; ) 4851 { 4852 if (*p == '\\') 4853 { 4854 switch (*++p) 4855 { 4856 case 'b': *name++ = BS; ++p; break; 4857 case 'e': *name++ = ESC; ++p; break; 4858 case 'f': *name++ = FF; ++p; break; 4859 case 'n': *name++ = NL; ++p; break; 4860 case 'r': *name++ = CAR; ++p; break; 4861 case 't': *name++ = TAB; ++p; break; 4862 4863 case 'X': /* hex: "\x1", "\x12" */ 4864 case 'x': 4865 case 'u': /* Unicode: "\u0023" */ 4866 case 'U': 4867 if (vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 4868 { 4869 int n, nr; 4870 int c = toupper(*p); 4871 4872 if (c == 'X') 4873 n = 2; 4874 else if (*p == 'u') 4875 n = 4; 4876 else 4877 n = 8; 4878 nr = 0; 4879 while (--n >= 0 && vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 4880 { 4881 ++p; 4882 nr = (nr << 4) + hex2nr(*p); 4883 } 4884 ++p; 4885 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4886 /* For "\u" store the number according to 4887 * 'encoding'. */ 4888 if (c != 'X') 4889 name += (*mb_char2bytes)(nr, name); 4890 else 4891 #endif 4892 *name++ = nr; 4893 } 4894 break; 4895 4896 /* octal: "\1", "\12", "\123" */ 4897 case '0': 4898 case '1': 4899 case '2': 4900 case '3': 4901 case '4': 4902 case '5': 4903 case '6': 4904 case '7': *name = *p++ - '0'; 4905 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 4906 { 4907 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 4908 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 4909 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 4910 } 4911 ++name; 4912 break; 4913 4914 /* Special key, e.g.: "\<C-W>" */ 4915 case '<': extra = trans_special(&p, name, TRUE, TRUE); 4916 if (extra != 0) 4917 { 4918 name += extra; 4919 break; 4920 } 4921 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4922 4923 default: MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 4924 break; 4925 } 4926 } 4927 else 4928 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 4929 4930 } 4931 *name = NUL; 4932 if (*p != NUL) /* just in case */ 4933 ++p; 4934 *arg = p; 4935 4936 return OK; 4937 } 4938 4939 /* 4940 * Allocate a variable for a 'str''ing' constant. 4941 * Return OK or FAIL. 4942 */ 4943 static int 4944 get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 4945 { 4946 char_u *p; 4947 char_u *str; 4948 int reduce = 0; 4949 4950 /* 4951 * Find the end of the string, skipping ''. 4952 */ 4953 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 4954 { 4955 if (*p == '\'') 4956 { 4957 if (p[1] != '\'') 4958 break; 4959 ++reduce; 4960 ++p; 4961 } 4962 } 4963 4964 if (*p != '\'') 4965 { 4966 EMSG2(_("E115: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 4967 return FAIL; 4968 } 4969 4970 /* If only parsing return after setting "*arg" */ 4971 if (!evaluate) 4972 { 4973 *arg = p + 1; 4974 return OK; 4975 } 4976 4977 /* 4978 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling '' to ' reduction. 4979 */ 4980 str = alloc((unsigned)((p - *arg) - reduce)); 4981 if (str == NULL) 4982 return FAIL; 4983 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4984 rettv->vval.v_string = str; 4985 4986 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; ) 4987 { 4988 if (*p == '\'') 4989 { 4990 if (p[1] != '\'') 4991 break; 4992 ++p; 4993 } 4994 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, str); 4995 } 4996 *str = NUL; 4997 *arg = p + 1; 4998 4999 return OK; 5000 } 5001 5002 /* 5003 * Return the function name of the partial. 5004 */ 5005 char_u * 5006 partial_name(partial_T *pt) 5007 { 5008 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 5009 return pt->pt_name; 5010 return pt->pt_func->uf_name; 5011 } 5012 5013 static void 5014 partial_free(partial_T *pt) 5015 { 5016 int i; 5017 5018 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5019 clear_tv(&pt->pt_argv[i]); 5020 vim_free(pt->pt_argv); 5021 dict_unref(pt->pt_dict); 5022 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 5023 { 5024 func_unref(pt->pt_name); 5025 vim_free(pt->pt_name); 5026 } 5027 else 5028 func_ptr_unref(pt->pt_func); 5029 vim_free(pt); 5030 } 5031 5032 /* 5033 * Unreference a closure: decrement the reference count and free it when it 5034 * becomes zero. 5035 */ 5036 void 5037 partial_unref(partial_T *pt) 5038 { 5039 if (pt != NULL && --pt->pt_refcount <= 0) 5040 partial_free(pt); 5041 } 5042 5043 static int tv_equal_recurse_limit; 5044 5045 static int 5046 func_equal( 5047 typval_T *tv1, 5048 typval_T *tv2, 5049 int ic) /* ignore case */ 5050 { 5051 char_u *s1, *s2; 5052 dict_T *d1, *d2; 5053 int a1, a2; 5054 int i; 5055 5056 /* empty and NULL function name considered the same */ 5057 s1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv1->vval.v_string 5058 : partial_name(tv1->vval.v_partial); 5059 if (s1 != NULL && *s1 == NUL) 5060 s1 = NULL; 5061 s2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv2->vval.v_string 5062 : partial_name(tv2->vval.v_partial); 5063 if (s2 != NULL && *s2 == NUL) 5064 s2 = NULL; 5065 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL) 5066 { 5067 if (s1 != s2) 5068 return FALSE; 5069 } 5070 else if (STRCMP(s1, s2) != 0) 5071 return FALSE; 5072 5073 /* empty dict and NULL dict is different */ 5074 d1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 5075 d2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 5076 if (d1 == NULL || d2 == NULL) 5077 { 5078 if (d1 != d2) 5079 return FALSE; 5080 } 5081 else if (!dict_equal(d1, d2, ic, TRUE)) 5082 return FALSE; 5083 5084 /* empty list and no list considered the same */ 5085 a1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 5086 a2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 5087 if (a1 != a2) 5088 return FALSE; 5089 for (i = 0; i < a1; ++i) 5090 if (!tv_equal(tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, 5091 tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, ic, TRUE)) 5092 return FALSE; 5093 5094 return TRUE; 5095 } 5096 5097 /* 5098 * Return TRUE if "tv1" and "tv2" have the same value. 5099 * Compares the items just like "==" would compare them, but strings and 5100 * numbers are different. Floats and numbers are also different. 5101 */ 5102 int 5103 tv_equal( 5104 typval_T *tv1, 5105 typval_T *tv2, 5106 int ic, /* ignore case */ 5107 int recursive) /* TRUE when used recursively */ 5108 { 5109 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 5110 char_u *s1, *s2; 5111 static int recursive_cnt = 0; /* catch recursive loops */ 5112 int r; 5113 5114 /* Catch lists and dicts that have an endless loop by limiting 5115 * recursiveness to a limit. We guess they are equal then. 5116 * A fixed limit has the problem of still taking an awful long time. 5117 * Reduce the limit every time running into it. That should work fine for 5118 * deeply linked structures that are not recursively linked and catch 5119 * recursiveness quickly. */ 5120 if (!recursive) 5121 tv_equal_recurse_limit = 1000; 5122 if (recursive_cnt >= tv_equal_recurse_limit) 5123 { 5124 --tv_equal_recurse_limit; 5125 return TRUE; 5126 } 5127 5128 /* For VAR_FUNC and VAR_PARTIAL compare the function name, bound dict and 5129 * arguments. */ 5130 if ((tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC 5131 || (tv1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv1->vval.v_partial != NULL)) 5132 && (tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC 5133 || (tv2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv2->vval.v_partial != NULL))) 5134 { 5135 ++recursive_cnt; 5136 r = func_equal(tv1, tv2, ic); 5137 --recursive_cnt; 5138 return r; 5139 } 5140 5141 if (tv1->v_type != tv2->v_type) 5142 return FALSE; 5143 5144 switch (tv1->v_type) 5145 { 5146 case VAR_LIST: 5147 ++recursive_cnt; 5148 r = list_equal(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, ic, TRUE); 5149 --recursive_cnt; 5150 return r; 5151 5152 case VAR_DICT: 5153 ++recursive_cnt; 5154 r = dict_equal(tv1->vval.v_dict, tv2->vval.v_dict, ic, TRUE); 5155 --recursive_cnt; 5156 return r; 5157 5158 case VAR_NUMBER: 5159 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 5160 5161 case VAR_STRING: 5162 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(tv1, buf1); 5163 s2 = get_tv_string_buf(tv2, buf2); 5164 return ((ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2)) == 0); 5165 5166 case VAR_SPECIAL: 5167 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 5168 5169 case VAR_FLOAT: 5170 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 5171 return tv1->vval.v_float == tv2->vval.v_float; 5172 #endif 5173 case VAR_JOB: 5174 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5175 return tv1->vval.v_job == tv2->vval.v_job; 5176 #endif 5177 case VAR_CHANNEL: 5178 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5179 return tv1->vval.v_channel == tv2->vval.v_channel; 5180 #endif 5181 case VAR_FUNC: 5182 case VAR_PARTIAL: 5183 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 5184 break; 5185 } 5186 5187 /* VAR_UNKNOWN can be the result of a invalid expression, let's say it 5188 * does not equal anything, not even itself. */ 5189 return FALSE; 5190 } 5191 5192 /* 5193 * Return the next (unique) copy ID. 5194 * Used for serializing nested structures. 5195 */ 5196 int 5197 get_copyID(void) 5198 { 5199 current_copyID += COPYID_INC; 5200 return current_copyID; 5201 } 5202 5203 /* 5204 * Garbage collection for lists and dictionaries. 5205 * 5206 * We use reference counts to be able to free most items right away when they 5207 * are no longer used. But for composite items it's possible that it becomes 5208 * unused while the reference count is > 0: When there is a recursive 5209 * reference. Example: 5210 * :let l = [1, 2, 3] 5211 * :let d = {9: l} 5212 * :let l[1] = d 5213 * 5214 * Since this is quite unusual we handle this with garbage collection: every 5215 * once in a while find out which lists and dicts are not referenced from any 5216 * variable. 5217 * 5218 * Here is a good reference text about garbage collection (refers to Python 5219 * but it applies to all reference-counting mechanisms): 5220 * http://python.ca/nas/python/gc/ 5221 */ 5222 5223 /* 5224 * Do garbage collection for lists and dicts. 5225 * When "testing" is TRUE this is called from test_garbagecollect_now(). 5226 * Return TRUE if some memory was freed. 5227 */ 5228 int 5229 garbage_collect(int testing) 5230 { 5231 int copyID; 5232 int abort = FALSE; 5233 buf_T *buf; 5234 win_T *wp; 5235 int i; 5236 int did_free = FALSE; 5237 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 5238 tabpage_T *tp; 5239 #endif 5240 5241 if (!testing) 5242 { 5243 /* Only do this once. */ 5244 want_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5245 may_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5246 garbage_collect_at_exit = FALSE; 5247 } 5248 5249 /* We advance by two because we add one for items referenced through 5250 * previous_funccal. */ 5251 copyID = get_copyID(); 5252 5253 /* 5254 * 1. Go through all accessible variables and mark all lists and dicts 5255 * with copyID. 5256 */ 5257 5258 /* Don't free variables in the previous_funccal list unless they are only 5259 * referenced through previous_funccal. This must be first, because if 5260 * the item is referenced elsewhere the funccal must not be freed. */ 5261 abort = abort || set_ref_in_previous_funccal(copyID); 5262 5263 /* script-local variables */ 5264 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 5265 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&SCRIPT_VARS(i), copyID, NULL); 5266 5267 /* buffer-local variables */ 5268 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 5269 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&buf->b_bufvar.di_tv, copyID, 5270 NULL, NULL); 5271 5272 /* window-local variables */ 5273 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 5274 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&wp->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5275 NULL, NULL); 5276 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 5277 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 5278 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&aucmd_win->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5279 NULL, NULL); 5280 #endif 5281 5282 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 5283 /* tabpage-local variables */ 5284 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 5285 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&tp->tp_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5286 NULL, NULL); 5287 #endif 5288 5289 /* global variables */ 5290 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&globvarht, copyID, NULL); 5291 5292 /* function-local variables */ 5293 abort = abort || set_ref_in_call_stack(copyID); 5294 5295 /* named functions (matters for closures) */ 5296 abort = abort || set_ref_in_functions(copyID); 5297 5298 /* function call arguments, if v:testing is set. */ 5299 abort = abort || set_ref_in_func_args(copyID); 5300 5301 /* v: vars */ 5302 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&vimvarht, copyID, NULL); 5303 5304 #ifdef FEAT_LUA 5305 abort = abort || set_ref_in_lua(copyID); 5306 #endif 5307 5308 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON 5309 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python(copyID); 5310 #endif 5311 5312 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON3 5313 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python3(copyID); 5314 #endif 5315 5316 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5317 abort = abort || set_ref_in_channel(copyID); 5318 abort = abort || set_ref_in_job(copyID); 5319 #endif 5320 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 5321 abort = abort || set_ref_in_nb_channel(copyID); 5322 #endif 5323 5324 #ifdef FEAT_TIMERS 5325 abort = abort || set_ref_in_timer(copyID); 5326 #endif 5327 5328 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 5329 abort = abort || set_ref_in_quickfix(copyID); 5330 #endif 5331 5332 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 5333 abort = abort || set_ref_in_term(copyID); 5334 #endif 5335 5336 if (!abort) 5337 { 5338 /* 5339 * 2. Free lists and dictionaries that are not referenced. 5340 */ 5341 did_free = free_unref_items(copyID); 5342 5343 /* 5344 * 3. Check if any funccal can be freed now. 5345 * This may call us back recursively. 5346 */ 5347 free_unref_funccal(copyID, testing); 5348 } 5349 else if (p_verbose > 0) 5350 { 5351 verb_msg((char_u *)_("Not enough memory to set references, garbage collection aborted!")); 5352 } 5353 5354 return did_free; 5355 } 5356 5357 /* 5358 * Free lists, dictionaries, channels and jobs that are no longer referenced. 5359 */ 5360 static int 5361 free_unref_items(int copyID) 5362 { 5363 int did_free = FALSE; 5364 5365 /* Let all "free" functions know that we are here. This means no 5366 * dictionaries, lists, channels or jobs are to be freed, because we will 5367 * do that here. */ 5368 in_free_unref_items = TRUE; 5369 5370 /* 5371 * PASS 1: free the contents of the items. We don't free the items 5372 * themselves yet, so that it is possible to decrement refcount counters 5373 */ 5374 5375 /* Go through the list of dicts and free items without the copyID. */ 5376 did_free |= dict_free_nonref(copyID); 5377 5378 /* Go through the list of lists and free items without the copyID. */ 5379 did_free |= list_free_nonref(copyID); 5380 5381 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5382 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5383 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5384 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5385 did_free |= free_unused_jobs_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5386 5387 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5388 did_free |= free_unused_channels_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5389 #endif 5390 5391 /* 5392 * PASS 2: free the items themselves. 5393 */ 5394 dict_free_items(copyID); 5395 list_free_items(copyID); 5396 5397 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5398 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5399 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5400 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5401 free_unused_jobs(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5402 5403 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5404 free_unused_channels(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5405 #endif 5406 5407 in_free_unref_items = FALSE; 5408 5409 return did_free; 5410 } 5411 5412 /* 5413 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through hashtab "ht" with "copyID". 5414 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5415 * 5416 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5417 */ 5418 int 5419 set_ref_in_ht(hashtab_T *ht, int copyID, list_stack_T **list_stack) 5420 { 5421 int todo; 5422 int abort = FALSE; 5423 hashitem_T *hi; 5424 hashtab_T *cur_ht; 5425 ht_stack_T *ht_stack = NULL; 5426 ht_stack_T *tempitem; 5427 5428 cur_ht = ht; 5429 for (;;) 5430 { 5431 if (!abort) 5432 { 5433 /* Mark each item in the hashtab. If the item contains a hashtab 5434 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5435 * list_stack. */ 5436 todo = (int)cur_ht->ht_used; 5437 for (hi = cur_ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 5438 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 5439 { 5440 --todo; 5441 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, copyID, 5442 &ht_stack, list_stack); 5443 } 5444 } 5445 5446 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5447 break; 5448 5449 /* take an item from the stack */ 5450 cur_ht = ht_stack->ht; 5451 tempitem = ht_stack; 5452 ht_stack = ht_stack->prev; 5453 free(tempitem); 5454 } 5455 5456 return abort; 5457 } 5458 5459 /* 5460 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through list "l" with "copyID". 5461 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5462 * 5463 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5464 */ 5465 int 5466 set_ref_in_list(list_T *l, int copyID, ht_stack_T **ht_stack) 5467 { 5468 listitem_T *li; 5469 int abort = FALSE; 5470 list_T *cur_l; 5471 list_stack_T *list_stack = NULL; 5472 list_stack_T *tempitem; 5473 5474 cur_l = l; 5475 for (;;) 5476 { 5477 if (!abort) 5478 /* Mark each item in the list. If the item contains a hashtab 5479 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5480 * list_stack. */ 5481 for (li = cur_l->lv_first; !abort && li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 5482 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&li->li_tv, copyID, 5483 ht_stack, &list_stack); 5484 if (list_stack == NULL) 5485 break; 5486 5487 /* take an item from the stack */ 5488 cur_l = list_stack->list; 5489 tempitem = list_stack; 5490 list_stack = list_stack->prev; 5491 free(tempitem); 5492 } 5493 5494 return abort; 5495 } 5496 5497 /* 5498 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through typval "tv" with "copyID". 5499 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5500 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5501 * 5502 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5503 */ 5504 int 5505 set_ref_in_item( 5506 typval_T *tv, 5507 int copyID, 5508 ht_stack_T **ht_stack, 5509 list_stack_T **list_stack) 5510 { 5511 int abort = FALSE; 5512 5513 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 5514 { 5515 dict_T *dd = tv->vval.v_dict; 5516 5517 if (dd != NULL && dd->dv_copyID != copyID) 5518 { 5519 /* Didn't see this dict yet. */ 5520 dd->dv_copyID = copyID; 5521 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5522 { 5523 abort = set_ref_in_ht(&dd->dv_hashtab, copyID, list_stack); 5524 } 5525 else 5526 { 5527 ht_stack_T *newitem = (ht_stack_T*)malloc(sizeof(ht_stack_T)); 5528 if (newitem == NULL) 5529 abort = TRUE; 5530 else 5531 { 5532 newitem->ht = &dd->dv_hashtab; 5533 newitem->prev = *ht_stack; 5534 *ht_stack = newitem; 5535 } 5536 } 5537 } 5538 } 5539 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_LIST) 5540 { 5541 list_T *ll = tv->vval.v_list; 5542 5543 if (ll != NULL && ll->lv_copyID != copyID) 5544 { 5545 /* Didn't see this list yet. */ 5546 ll->lv_copyID = copyID; 5547 if (list_stack == NULL) 5548 { 5549 abort = set_ref_in_list(ll, copyID, ht_stack); 5550 } 5551 else 5552 { 5553 list_stack_T *newitem = (list_stack_T*)malloc( 5554 sizeof(list_stack_T)); 5555 if (newitem == NULL) 5556 abort = TRUE; 5557 else 5558 { 5559 newitem->list = ll; 5560 newitem->prev = *list_stack; 5561 *list_stack = newitem; 5562 } 5563 } 5564 } 5565 } 5566 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 5567 { 5568 abort = set_ref_in_func(tv->vval.v_string, NULL, copyID); 5569 } 5570 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 5571 { 5572 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5573 int i; 5574 5575 /* A partial does not have a copyID, because it cannot contain itself. 5576 */ 5577 if (pt != NULL) 5578 { 5579 abort = set_ref_in_func(pt->pt_name, pt->pt_func, copyID); 5580 5581 if (pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5582 { 5583 typval_T dtv; 5584 5585 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5586 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5587 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5588 } 5589 5590 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5591 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&pt->pt_argv[i], copyID, 5592 ht_stack, list_stack); 5593 } 5594 } 5595 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5596 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_JOB) 5597 { 5598 job_T *job = tv->vval.v_job; 5599 typval_T dtv; 5600 5601 if (job != NULL && job->jv_copyID != copyID) 5602 { 5603 job->jv_copyID = copyID; 5604 if (job->jv_channel != NULL) 5605 { 5606 dtv.v_type = VAR_CHANNEL; 5607 dtv.vval.v_channel = job->jv_channel; 5608 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5609 } 5610 if (job->jv_exit_partial != NULL) 5611 { 5612 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5613 dtv.vval.v_partial = job->jv_exit_partial; 5614 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5615 } 5616 } 5617 } 5618 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_CHANNEL) 5619 { 5620 channel_T *ch =tv->vval.v_channel; 5621 ch_part_T part; 5622 typval_T dtv; 5623 jsonq_T *jq; 5624 cbq_T *cq; 5625 5626 if (ch != NULL && ch->ch_copyID != copyID) 5627 { 5628 ch->ch_copyID = copyID; 5629 for (part = PART_SOCK; part < PART_COUNT; ++part) 5630 { 5631 for (jq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_json_head.jq_next; jq != NULL; 5632 jq = jq->jq_next) 5633 set_ref_in_item(jq->jq_value, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5634 for (cq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_cb_head.cq_next; cq != NULL; 5635 cq = cq->cq_next) 5636 if (cq->cq_partial != NULL) 5637 { 5638 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5639 dtv.vval.v_partial = cq->cq_partial; 5640 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5641 } 5642 if (ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial != NULL) 5643 { 5644 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5645 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial; 5646 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5647 } 5648 } 5649 if (ch->ch_partial != NULL) 5650 { 5651 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5652 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_partial; 5653 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5654 } 5655 if (ch->ch_close_partial != NULL) 5656 { 5657 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5658 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_close_partial; 5659 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5660 } 5661 } 5662 } 5663 #endif 5664 return abort; 5665 } 5666 5667 static char * 5668 get_var_special_name(int nr) 5669 { 5670 switch (nr) 5671 { 5672 case VVAL_FALSE: return "v:false"; 5673 case VVAL_TRUE: return "v:true"; 5674 case VVAL_NONE: return "v:none"; 5675 case VVAL_NULL: return "v:null"; 5676 } 5677 internal_error("get_var_special_name()"); 5678 return "42"; 5679 } 5680 5681 /* 5682 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5683 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5684 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5685 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 5686 * When both "echo_style" and "dict_val" are FALSE, put quotes around stings as 5687 * "string()", otherwise does not put quotes around strings, as ":echo" 5688 * displays values. 5689 * When "restore_copyID" is FALSE, repeated items in dictionaries and lists 5690 * are replaced with "...". 5691 * May return NULL. 5692 */ 5693 char_u * 5694 echo_string_core( 5695 typval_T *tv, 5696 char_u **tofree, 5697 char_u *numbuf, 5698 int copyID, 5699 int echo_style, 5700 int restore_copyID, 5701 int dict_val) 5702 { 5703 static int recurse = 0; 5704 char_u *r = NULL; 5705 5706 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 5707 { 5708 if (!did_echo_string_emsg) 5709 { 5710 /* Only give this message once for a recursive call to avoid 5711 * flooding the user with errors. And stop iterating over lists 5712 * and dicts. */ 5713 did_echo_string_emsg = TRUE; 5714 EMSG(_("E724: variable nested too deep for displaying")); 5715 } 5716 *tofree = NULL; 5717 return (char_u *)"{E724}"; 5718 } 5719 ++recurse; 5720 5721 switch (tv->v_type) 5722 { 5723 case VAR_STRING: 5724 if (echo_style && !dict_val) 5725 { 5726 *tofree = NULL; 5727 r = get_tv_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5728 } 5729 else 5730 { 5731 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, FALSE); 5732 r = *tofree; 5733 } 5734 break; 5735 5736 case VAR_FUNC: 5737 if (echo_style) 5738 { 5739 *tofree = NULL; 5740 r = tv->vval.v_string; 5741 } 5742 else 5743 { 5744 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, TRUE); 5745 r = *tofree; 5746 } 5747 break; 5748 5749 case VAR_PARTIAL: 5750 { 5751 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5752 char_u *fname = string_quote(pt == NULL ? NULL 5753 : partial_name(pt), FALSE); 5754 garray_T ga; 5755 int i; 5756 char_u *tf; 5757 5758 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 100); 5759 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"function("); 5760 if (fname != NULL) 5761 { 5762 ga_concat(&ga, fname); 5763 vim_free(fname); 5764 } 5765 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_argc > 0) 5766 { 5767 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", ["); 5768 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5769 { 5770 if (i > 0) 5771 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5772 ga_concat(&ga, 5773 tv2string(&pt->pt_argv[i], &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5774 vim_free(tf); 5775 } 5776 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"]"); 5777 } 5778 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5779 { 5780 typval_T dtv; 5781 5782 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5783 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5784 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5785 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&dtv, &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5786 vim_free(tf); 5787 } 5788 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)")"); 5789 5790 *tofree = ga.ga_data; 5791 r = *tofree; 5792 break; 5793 } 5794 5795 case VAR_LIST: 5796 if (tv->vval.v_list == NULL) 5797 { 5798 *tofree = NULL; 5799 r = NULL; 5800 } 5801 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID 5802 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 5803 { 5804 *tofree = NULL; 5805 r = (char_u *)"[...]"; 5806 } 5807 else 5808 { 5809 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID; 5810 5811 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = copyID; 5812 *tofree = list2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5813 if (restore_copyID) 5814 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = old_copyID; 5815 r = *tofree; 5816 } 5817 break; 5818 5819 case VAR_DICT: 5820 if (tv->vval.v_dict == NULL) 5821 { 5822 *tofree = NULL; 5823 r = NULL; 5824 } 5825 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID 5826 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_hashtab.ht_used != 0) 5827 { 5828 *tofree = NULL; 5829 r = (char_u *)"{...}"; 5830 } 5831 else 5832 { 5833 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID; 5834 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = copyID; 5835 *tofree = dict2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5836 if (restore_copyID) 5837 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = old_copyID; 5838 r = *tofree; 5839 } 5840 break; 5841 5842 case VAR_NUMBER: 5843 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 5844 case VAR_JOB: 5845 case VAR_CHANNEL: 5846 *tofree = NULL; 5847 r = get_tv_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5848 break; 5849 5850 case VAR_FLOAT: 5851 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 5852 *tofree = NULL; 5853 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv->vval.v_float); 5854 r = numbuf; 5855 break; 5856 #endif 5857 5858 case VAR_SPECIAL: 5859 *tofree = NULL; 5860 r = (char_u *)get_var_special_name(tv->vval.v_number); 5861 break; 5862 } 5863 5864 if (--recurse == 0) 5865 did_echo_string_emsg = FALSE; 5866 return r; 5867 } 5868 5869 /* 5870 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5871 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5872 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5873 * Does not put quotes around strings, as ":echo" displays values. 5874 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 5875 * May return NULL. 5876 */ 5877 char_u * 5878 echo_string( 5879 typval_T *tv, 5880 char_u **tofree, 5881 char_u *numbuf, 5882 int copyID) 5883 { 5884 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 5885 } 5886 5887 /* 5888 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5889 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5890 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5891 * Puts quotes around strings, so that they can be parsed back by eval(). 5892 * May return NULL. 5893 */ 5894 char_u * 5895 tv2string( 5896 typval_T *tv, 5897 char_u **tofree, 5898 char_u *numbuf, 5899 int copyID) 5900 { 5901 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 5902 } 5903 5904 /* 5905 * Return string "str" in ' quotes, doubling ' characters. 5906 * If "str" is NULL an empty string is assumed. 5907 * If "function" is TRUE make it function('string'). 5908 */ 5909 char_u * 5910 string_quote(char_u *str, int function) 5911 { 5912 unsigned len; 5913 char_u *p, *r, *s; 5914 5915 len = (function ? 13 : 3); 5916 if (str != NULL) 5917 { 5918 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(str); 5919 for (p = str; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 5920 if (*p == '\'') 5921 ++len; 5922 } 5923 s = r = alloc(len); 5924 if (r != NULL) 5925 { 5926 if (function) 5927 { 5928 STRCPY(r, "function('"); 5929 r += 10; 5930 } 5931 else 5932 *r++ = '\''; 5933 if (str != NULL) 5934 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ) 5935 { 5936 if (*p == '\'') 5937 *r++ = '\''; 5938 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, r); 5939 } 5940 *r++ = '\''; 5941 if (function) 5942 *r++ = ')'; 5943 *r++ = NUL; 5944 } 5945 return s; 5946 } 5947 5948 #if defined(FEAT_FLOAT) || defined(PROTO) 5949 /* 5950 * Convert the string "text" to a floating point number. 5951 * This uses strtod(). setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C") has been used to make sure 5952 * this always uses a decimal point. 5953 * Returns the length of the text that was consumed. 5954 */ 5955 int 5956 string2float( 5957 char_u *text, 5958 float_T *value) /* result stored here */ 5959 { 5960 char *s = (char *)text; 5961 float_T f; 5962 5963 /* MS-Windows does not deal with "inf" and "nan" properly. */ 5964 if (STRNICMP(text, "inf", 3) == 0) 5965 { 5966 *value = INFINITY; 5967 return 3; 5968 } 5969 if (STRNICMP(text, "-inf", 3) == 0) 5970 { 5971 *value = -INFINITY; 5972 return 4; 5973 } 5974 if (STRNICMP(text, "nan", 3) == 0) 5975 { 5976 *value = NAN; 5977 return 3; 5978 } 5979 f = strtod(s, &s); 5980 *value = f; 5981 return (int)((char_u *)s - text); 5982 } 5983 #endif 5984 5985 /* 5986 * Get the value of an environment variable. 5987 * "arg" is pointing to the '$'. It is advanced to after the name. 5988 * If the environment variable was not set, silently assume it is empty. 5989 * Return FAIL if the name is invalid. 5990 */ 5991 static int 5992 get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 5993 { 5994 char_u *string = NULL; 5995 int len; 5996 int cc; 5997 char_u *name; 5998 int mustfree = FALSE; 5999 6000 ++*arg; 6001 name = *arg; 6002 len = get_env_len(arg); 6003 if (evaluate) 6004 { 6005 if (len == 0) 6006 return FAIL; /* invalid empty name */ 6007 6008 cc = name[len]; 6009 name[len] = NUL; 6010 /* first try vim_getenv(), fast for normal environment vars */ 6011 string = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 6012 if (string != NULL && *string != NUL) 6013 { 6014 if (!mustfree) 6015 string = vim_strsave(string); 6016 } 6017 else 6018 { 6019 if (mustfree) 6020 vim_free(string); 6021 6022 /* next try expanding things like $VIM and ${HOME} */ 6023 string = expand_env_save(name - 1); 6024 if (string != NULL && *string == '$') 6025 { 6026 vim_free(string); 6027 string = NULL; 6028 } 6029 } 6030 name[len] = cc; 6031 6032 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 6033 rettv->vval.v_string = string; 6034 } 6035 6036 return OK; 6037 } 6038 6039 6040 6041 /* 6042 * Translate a String variable into a position. 6043 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 6044 */ 6045 pos_T * 6046 var2fpos( 6047 typval_T *varp, 6048 int dollar_lnum, /* TRUE when $ is last line */ 6049 int *fnum) /* set to fnum for '0, 'A, etc. */ 6050 { 6051 char_u *name; 6052 static pos_T pos; 6053 pos_T *pp; 6054 6055 /* Argument can be [lnum, col, coladd]. */ 6056 if (varp->v_type == VAR_LIST) 6057 { 6058 list_T *l; 6059 int len; 6060 int error = FALSE; 6061 listitem_T *li; 6062 6063 l = varp->vval.v_list; 6064 if (l == NULL) 6065 return NULL; 6066 6067 /* Get the line number */ 6068 pos.lnum = list_find_nr(l, 0L, &error); 6069 if (error || pos.lnum <= 0 || pos.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6070 return NULL; /* invalid line number */ 6071 6072 /* Get the column number */ 6073 pos.col = list_find_nr(l, 1L, &error); 6074 if (error) 6075 return NULL; 6076 len = (long)STRLEN(ml_get(pos.lnum)); 6077 6078 /* We accept "$" for the column number: last column. */ 6079 li = list_find(l, 1L); 6080 if (li != NULL && li->li_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING 6081 && li->li_tv.vval.v_string != NULL 6082 && STRCMP(li->li_tv.vval.v_string, "$") == 0) 6083 pos.col = len + 1; 6084 6085 /* Accept a position up to the NUL after the line. */ 6086 if (pos.col == 0 || (int)pos.col > len + 1) 6087 return NULL; /* invalid column number */ 6088 --pos.col; 6089 6090 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6091 /* Get the virtual offset. Defaults to zero. */ 6092 pos.coladd = list_find_nr(l, 2L, &error); 6093 if (error) 6094 pos.coladd = 0; 6095 #endif 6096 6097 return &pos; 6098 } 6099 6100 name = get_tv_string_chk(varp); 6101 if (name == NULL) 6102 return NULL; 6103 if (name[0] == '.') /* cursor */ 6104 return &curwin->w_cursor; 6105 if (name[0] == 'v' && name[1] == NUL) /* Visual start */ 6106 { 6107 if (VIsual_active) 6108 return &VIsual; 6109 return &curwin->w_cursor; 6110 } 6111 if (name[0] == '\'') /* mark */ 6112 { 6113 pp = getmark_buf_fnum(curbuf, name[1], FALSE, fnum); 6114 if (pp == NULL || pp == (pos_T *)-1 || pp->lnum <= 0) 6115 return NULL; 6116 return pp; 6117 } 6118 6119 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6120 pos.coladd = 0; 6121 #endif 6122 6123 if (name[0] == 'w' && dollar_lnum) 6124 { 6125 pos.col = 0; 6126 if (name[1] == '0') /* "w0": first visible line */ 6127 { 6128 update_topline(); 6129 /* In silent Ex mode topline is zero, but that's not a valid line 6130 * number; use one instead. */ 6131 pos.lnum = curwin->w_topline > 0 ? curwin->w_topline : 1; 6132 return &pos; 6133 } 6134 else if (name[1] == '$') /* "w$": last visible line */ 6135 { 6136 validate_botline(); 6137 /* In silent Ex mode botline is zero, return zero then. */ 6138 pos.lnum = curwin->w_botline > 0 ? curwin->w_botline - 1 : 0; 6139 return &pos; 6140 } 6141 } 6142 else if (name[0] == '$') /* last column or line */ 6143 { 6144 if (dollar_lnum) 6145 { 6146 pos.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6147 pos.col = 0; 6148 } 6149 else 6150 { 6151 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6152 pos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 6153 } 6154 return &pos; 6155 } 6156 return NULL; 6157 } 6158 6159 /* 6160 * Convert list in "arg" into a position and optional file number. 6161 * When "fnump" is NULL there is no file number, only 3 items. 6162 * Note that the column is passed on as-is, the caller may want to decrement 6163 * it to use 1 for the first column. 6164 * Return FAIL when conversion is not possible, doesn't check the position for 6165 * validity. 6166 */ 6167 int 6168 list2fpos( 6169 typval_T *arg, 6170 pos_T *posp, 6171 int *fnump, 6172 colnr_T *curswantp) 6173 { 6174 list_T *l = arg->vval.v_list; 6175 long i = 0; 6176 long n; 6177 6178 /* List must be: [fnum, lnum, col, coladd, curswant], where "fnum" is only 6179 * there when "fnump" isn't NULL; "coladd" and "curswant" are optional. */ 6180 if (arg->v_type != VAR_LIST 6181 || l == NULL 6182 || l->lv_len < (fnump == NULL ? 2 : 3) 6183 || l->lv_len > (fnump == NULL ? 4 : 5)) 6184 return FAIL; 6185 6186 if (fnump != NULL) 6187 { 6188 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* fnum */ 6189 if (n < 0) 6190 return FAIL; 6191 if (n == 0) 6192 n = curbuf->b_fnum; /* current buffer */ 6193 *fnump = n; 6194 } 6195 6196 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* lnum */ 6197 if (n < 0) 6198 return FAIL; 6199 posp->lnum = n; 6200 6201 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* col */ 6202 if (n < 0) 6203 return FAIL; 6204 posp->col = n; 6205 6206 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6207 n = list_find_nr(l, i, NULL); /* off */ 6208 if (n < 0) 6209 posp->coladd = 0; 6210 else 6211 posp->coladd = n; 6212 #endif 6213 6214 if (curswantp != NULL) 6215 *curswantp = list_find_nr(l, i + 1, NULL); /* curswant */ 6216 6217 return OK; 6218 } 6219 6220 /* 6221 * Get the length of an environment variable name. 6222 * Advance "arg" to the first character after the name. 6223 * Return 0 for error. 6224 */ 6225 static int 6226 get_env_len(char_u **arg) 6227 { 6228 char_u *p; 6229 int len; 6230 6231 for (p = *arg; vim_isIDc(*p); ++p) 6232 ; 6233 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6234 return 0; 6235 6236 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6237 *arg = p; 6238 return len; 6239 } 6240 6241 /* 6242 * Get the length of the name of a function or internal variable. 6243 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6244 * Return 0 if something is wrong. 6245 */ 6246 int 6247 get_id_len(char_u **arg) 6248 { 6249 char_u *p; 6250 int len; 6251 6252 /* Find the end of the name. */ 6253 for (p = *arg; eval_isnamec(*p); ++p) 6254 { 6255 if (*p == ':') 6256 { 6257 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6258 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. */ 6259 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6260 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, **arg) == NULL) 6261 || len > 1) 6262 break; 6263 } 6264 } 6265 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6266 return 0; 6267 6268 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6269 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6270 6271 return len; 6272 } 6273 6274 /* 6275 * Get the length of the name of a variable or function. 6276 * Only the name is recognized, does not handle ".key" or "[idx]". 6277 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6278 * Return -1 if curly braces expansion failed. 6279 * Return 0 if something else is wrong. 6280 * If the name contains 'magic' {}'s, expand them and return the 6281 * expanded name in an allocated string via 'alias' - caller must free. 6282 */ 6283 int 6284 get_name_len( 6285 char_u **arg, 6286 char_u **alias, 6287 int evaluate, 6288 int verbose) 6289 { 6290 int len; 6291 char_u *p; 6292 char_u *expr_start; 6293 char_u *expr_end; 6294 6295 *alias = NULL; /* default to no alias */ 6296 6297 if ((*arg)[0] == K_SPECIAL && (*arg)[1] == KS_EXTRA 6298 && (*arg)[2] == (int)KE_SNR) 6299 { 6300 /* hard coded <SNR>, already translated */ 6301 *arg += 3; 6302 return get_id_len(arg) + 3; 6303 } 6304 len = eval_fname_script(*arg); 6305 if (len > 0) 6306 { 6307 /* literal "<SID>", "s:" or "<SNR>" */ 6308 *arg += len; 6309 } 6310 6311 /* 6312 * Find the end of the name; check for {} construction. 6313 */ 6314 p = find_name_end(*arg, &expr_start, &expr_end, 6315 len > 0 ? 0 : FNE_CHECK_START); 6316 if (expr_start != NULL) 6317 { 6318 char_u *temp_string; 6319 6320 if (!evaluate) 6321 { 6322 len += (int)(p - *arg); 6323 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6324 return len; 6325 } 6326 6327 /* 6328 * Include any <SID> etc in the expanded string: 6329 * Thus the -len here. 6330 */ 6331 temp_string = make_expanded_name(*arg - len, expr_start, expr_end, p); 6332 if (temp_string == NULL) 6333 return -1; 6334 *alias = temp_string; 6335 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6336 return (int)STRLEN(temp_string); 6337 } 6338 6339 len += get_id_len(arg); 6340 if (len == 0 && verbose) 6341 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), *arg); 6342 6343 return len; 6344 } 6345 6346 /* 6347 * Find the end of a variable or function name, taking care of magic braces. 6348 * If "expr_start" is not NULL then "expr_start" and "expr_end" are set to the 6349 * start and end of the first magic braces item. 6350 * "flags" can have FNE_INCL_BR and FNE_CHECK_START. 6351 * Return a pointer to just after the name. Equal to "arg" if there is no 6352 * valid name. 6353 */ 6354 char_u * 6355 find_name_end( 6356 char_u *arg, 6357 char_u **expr_start, 6358 char_u **expr_end, 6359 int flags) 6360 { 6361 int mb_nest = 0; 6362 int br_nest = 0; 6363 char_u *p; 6364 int len; 6365 6366 if (expr_start != NULL) 6367 { 6368 *expr_start = NULL; 6369 *expr_end = NULL; 6370 } 6371 6372 /* Quick check for valid starting character. */ 6373 if ((flags & FNE_CHECK_START) && !eval_isnamec1(*arg) && *arg != '{') 6374 return arg; 6375 6376 for (p = arg; *p != NUL 6377 && (eval_isnamec(*p) 6378 || *p == '{' 6379 || ((flags & FNE_INCL_BR) && (*p == '[' || *p == '.')) 6380 || mb_nest != 0 6381 || br_nest != 0); MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6382 { 6383 if (*p == '\'') 6384 { 6385 /* skip over 'string' to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6386 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '\''; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6387 ; 6388 if (*p == NUL) 6389 break; 6390 } 6391 else if (*p == '"') 6392 { 6393 /* skip over "str\"ing" to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6394 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6395 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 6396 ++p; 6397 if (*p == NUL) 6398 break; 6399 } 6400 else if (br_nest == 0 && mb_nest == 0 && *p == ':') 6401 { 6402 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6403 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. But {ns}: is. */ 6404 len = (int)(p - arg); 6405 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, *arg) == NULL) 6406 || (len > 1 && p[-1] != '}')) 6407 break; 6408 } 6409 6410 if (mb_nest == 0) 6411 { 6412 if (*p == '[') 6413 ++br_nest; 6414 else if (*p == ']') 6415 --br_nest; 6416 } 6417 6418 if (br_nest == 0) 6419 { 6420 if (*p == '{') 6421 { 6422 mb_nest++; 6423 if (expr_start != NULL && *expr_start == NULL) 6424 *expr_start = p; 6425 } 6426 else if (*p == '}') 6427 { 6428 mb_nest--; 6429 if (expr_start != NULL && mb_nest == 0 && *expr_end == NULL) 6430 *expr_end = p; 6431 } 6432 } 6433 } 6434 6435 return p; 6436 } 6437 6438 /* 6439 * Expands out the 'magic' {}'s in a variable/function name. 6440 * Note that this can call itself recursively, to deal with 6441 * constructs like foo{bar}{baz}{bam} 6442 * The four pointer arguments point to "foo{expre}ss{ion}bar" 6443 * "in_start" ^ 6444 * "expr_start" ^ 6445 * "expr_end" ^ 6446 * "in_end" ^ 6447 * 6448 * Returns a new allocated string, which the caller must free. 6449 * Returns NULL for failure. 6450 */ 6451 static char_u * 6452 make_expanded_name( 6453 char_u *in_start, 6454 char_u *expr_start, 6455 char_u *expr_end, 6456 char_u *in_end) 6457 { 6458 char_u c1; 6459 char_u *retval = NULL; 6460 char_u *temp_result; 6461 char_u *nextcmd = NULL; 6462 6463 if (expr_end == NULL || in_end == NULL) 6464 return NULL; 6465 *expr_start = NUL; 6466 *expr_end = NUL; 6467 c1 = *in_end; 6468 *in_end = NUL; 6469 6470 temp_result = eval_to_string(expr_start + 1, &nextcmd, FALSE); 6471 if (temp_result != NULL && nextcmd == NULL) 6472 { 6473 retval = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(temp_result) + (expr_start - in_start) 6474 + (in_end - expr_end) + 1)); 6475 if (retval != NULL) 6476 { 6477 STRCPY(retval, in_start); 6478 STRCAT(retval, temp_result); 6479 STRCAT(retval, expr_end + 1); 6480 } 6481 } 6482 vim_free(temp_result); 6483 6484 *in_end = c1; /* put char back for error messages */ 6485 *expr_start = '{'; 6486 *expr_end = '}'; 6487 6488 if (retval != NULL) 6489 { 6490 temp_result = find_name_end(retval, &expr_start, &expr_end, 0); 6491 if (expr_start != NULL) 6492 { 6493 /* Further expansion! */ 6494 temp_result = make_expanded_name(retval, expr_start, 6495 expr_end, temp_result); 6496 vim_free(retval); 6497 retval = temp_result; 6498 } 6499 } 6500 6501 return retval; 6502 } 6503 6504 /* 6505 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used in a variable or function name. 6506 * Does not include '{' or '}' for magic braces. 6507 */ 6508 int 6509 eval_isnamec(int c) 6510 { 6511 return (ASCII_ISALNUM(c) || c == '_' || c == ':' || c == AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 6512 } 6513 6514 /* 6515 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used as the first character in a 6516 * variable or function name (excluding '{' and '}'). 6517 */ 6518 int 6519 eval_isnamec1(int c) 6520 { 6521 return (ASCII_ISALPHA(c) || c == '_'); 6522 } 6523 6524 /* 6525 * Set number v: variable to "val". 6526 */ 6527 void 6528 set_vim_var_nr(int idx, varnumber_T val) 6529 { 6530 vimvars[idx].vv_nr = val; 6531 } 6532 6533 /* 6534 * Get number v: variable value. 6535 */ 6536 varnumber_T 6537 get_vim_var_nr(int idx) 6538 { 6539 return vimvars[idx].vv_nr; 6540 } 6541 6542 /* 6543 * Get string v: variable value. Uses a static buffer, can only be used once. 6544 */ 6545 char_u * 6546 get_vim_var_str(int idx) 6547 { 6548 return get_tv_string(&vimvars[idx].vv_tv); 6549 } 6550 6551 /* 6552 * Get List v: variable value. Caller must take care of reference count when 6553 * needed. 6554 */ 6555 list_T * 6556 get_vim_var_list(int idx) 6557 { 6558 return vimvars[idx].vv_list; 6559 } 6560 6561 /* 6562 * Set v:char to character "c". 6563 */ 6564 void 6565 set_vim_var_char(int c) 6566 { 6567 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 6568 6569 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6570 if (has_mbyte) 6571 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 6572 else 6573 #endif 6574 { 6575 buf[0] = c; 6576 buf[1] = NUL; 6577 } 6578 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); 6579 } 6580 6581 /* 6582 * Set v:count to "count" and v:count1 to "count1". 6583 * When "set_prevcount" is TRUE first set v:prevcount from v:count. 6584 */ 6585 void 6586 set_vcount( 6587 long count, 6588 long count1, 6589 int set_prevcount) 6590 { 6591 if (set_prevcount) 6592 vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr = vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr; 6593 vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr = count; 6594 vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr = count1; 6595 } 6596 6597 /* 6598 * Set string v: variable to a copy of "val". 6599 */ 6600 void 6601 set_vim_var_string( 6602 int idx, 6603 char_u *val, 6604 int len) /* length of "val" to use or -1 (whole string) */ 6605 { 6606 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6607 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 6608 if (val == NULL) 6609 vimvars[idx].vv_str = NULL; 6610 else if (len == -1) 6611 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strsave(val); 6612 else 6613 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strnsave(val, len); 6614 } 6615 6616 /* 6617 * Set List v: variable to "val". 6618 */ 6619 void 6620 set_vim_var_list(int idx, list_T *val) 6621 { 6622 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6623 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_LIST; 6624 vimvars[idx].vv_list = val; 6625 if (val != NULL) 6626 ++val->lv_refcount; 6627 } 6628 6629 /* 6630 * Set Dictionary v: variable to "val". 6631 */ 6632 void 6633 set_vim_var_dict(int idx, dict_T *val) 6634 { 6635 int todo; 6636 hashitem_T *hi; 6637 6638 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6639 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_DICT; 6640 vimvars[idx].vv_dict = val; 6641 if (val != NULL) 6642 { 6643 ++val->dv_refcount; 6644 6645 /* Set readonly */ 6646 todo = (int)val->dv_hashtab.ht_used; 6647 for (hi = val->dv_hashtab.ht_array; todo > 0 ; ++hi) 6648 { 6649 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 6650 continue; 6651 --todo; 6652 HI2DI(hi)->di_flags |= DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 6653 } 6654 } 6655 } 6656 6657 /* 6658 * Set v:register if needed. 6659 */ 6660 void 6661 set_reg_var(int c) 6662 { 6663 char_u regname; 6664 6665 if (c == 0 || c == ' ') 6666 regname = '"'; 6667 else 6668 regname = c; 6669 /* Avoid free/alloc when the value is already right. */ 6670 if (vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str == NULL || vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str[0] != c) 6671 set_vim_var_string(VV_REG, ®name, 1); 6672 } 6673 6674 /* 6675 * Get or set v:exception. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6676 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6677 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:exception! Does not 6678 * take care of memory allocations. 6679 */ 6680 char_u * 6681 v_exception(char_u *oldval) 6682 { 6683 if (oldval == NULL) 6684 return vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str; 6685 6686 vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str = oldval; 6687 return NULL; 6688 } 6689 6690 /* 6691 * Get or set v:throwpoint. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6692 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6693 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:throwpoint! Does not 6694 * take care of memory allocations. 6695 */ 6696 char_u * 6697 v_throwpoint(char_u *oldval) 6698 { 6699 if (oldval == NULL) 6700 return vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str; 6701 6702 vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str = oldval; 6703 return NULL; 6704 } 6705 6706 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(PROTO) 6707 /* 6708 * Set v:cmdarg. 6709 * If "eap" != NULL, use "eap" to generate the value and return the old value. 6710 * If "oldarg" != NULL, restore the value to "oldarg" and return NULL. 6711 * Must always be called in pairs! 6712 */ 6713 char_u * 6714 set_cmdarg(exarg_T *eap, char_u *oldarg) 6715 { 6716 char_u *oldval; 6717 char_u *newval; 6718 unsigned len; 6719 6720 oldval = vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str; 6721 if (eap == NULL) 6722 { 6723 vim_free(oldval); 6724 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = oldarg; 6725 return NULL; 6726 } 6727 6728 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6729 len = 6; 6730 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6731 len = 8; 6732 else 6733 len = 0; 6734 6735 if (eap->read_edit) 6736 len += 7; 6737 6738 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6739 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(eap->cmd + eap->force_ff) + 6; 6740 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6741 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6742 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(eap->cmd + eap->force_enc) + 7; 6743 if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6744 len += 7 + 4; /* " ++bad=" + "keep" or "drop" */ 6745 # endif 6746 6747 newval = alloc(len + 1); 6748 if (newval == NULL) 6749 return NULL; 6750 6751 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6752 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++bin"); 6753 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6754 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++nobin"); 6755 else 6756 *newval = NUL; 6757 6758 if (eap->read_edit) 6759 STRCAT(newval, " ++edit"); 6760 6761 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6762 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++ff=%s", 6763 eap->cmd + eap->force_ff); 6764 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6765 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6766 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++enc=%s", 6767 eap->cmd + eap->force_enc); 6768 if (eap->bad_char == BAD_KEEP) 6769 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=keep"); 6770 else if (eap->bad_char == BAD_DROP) 6771 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=drop"); 6772 else if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6773 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=%c", eap->bad_char); 6774 # endif 6775 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = newval; 6776 return oldval; 6777 } 6778 #endif 6779 6780 /* 6781 * Get the value of internal variable "name". 6782 * Return OK or FAIL. 6783 */ 6784 int 6785 get_var_tv( 6786 char_u *name, 6787 int len, /* length of "name" */ 6788 typval_T *rettv, /* NULL when only checking existence */ 6789 dictitem_T **dip, /* non-NULL when typval's dict item is needed */ 6790 int verbose, /* may give error message */ 6791 int no_autoload) /* do not use script autoloading */ 6792 { 6793 int ret = OK; 6794 typval_T *tv = NULL; 6795 dictitem_T *v; 6796 int cc; 6797 6798 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6799 cc = name[len]; 6800 name[len] = NUL; 6801 6802 /* 6803 * Check for user-defined variables. 6804 */ 6805 v = find_var(name, NULL, no_autoload); 6806 if (v != NULL) 6807 { 6808 tv = &v->di_tv; 6809 if (dip != NULL) 6810 *dip = v; 6811 } 6812 6813 if (tv == NULL) 6814 { 6815 if (rettv != NULL && verbose) 6816 EMSG2(_(e_undefvar), name); 6817 ret = FAIL; 6818 } 6819 else if (rettv != NULL) 6820 copy_tv(tv, rettv); 6821 6822 name[len] = cc; 6823 6824 return ret; 6825 } 6826 6827 /* 6828 * Check if variable "name[len]" is a local variable or an argument. 6829 * If so, "*eval_lavars_used" is set to TRUE. 6830 */ 6831 static void 6832 check_vars(char_u *name, int len) 6833 { 6834 int cc; 6835 char_u *varname; 6836 hashtab_T *ht; 6837 6838 if (eval_lavars_used == NULL) 6839 return; 6840 6841 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6842 cc = name[len]; 6843 name[len] = NUL; 6844 6845 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 6846 if (ht == get_funccal_local_ht() || ht == get_funccal_args_ht()) 6847 { 6848 if (find_var(name, NULL, TRUE) != NULL) 6849 *eval_lavars_used = TRUE; 6850 } 6851 6852 name[len] = cc; 6853 } 6854 6855 /* 6856 * Handle expr[expr], expr[expr:expr] subscript and .name lookup. 6857 * Also handle function call with Funcref variable: func(expr) 6858 * Can all be combined: dict.func(expr)[idx]['func'](expr) 6859 */ 6860 int 6861 handle_subscript( 6862 char_u **arg, 6863 typval_T *rettv, 6864 int evaluate, /* do more than finding the end */ 6865 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 6866 { 6867 int ret = OK; 6868 dict_T *selfdict = NULL; 6869 char_u *s; 6870 int len; 6871 typval_T functv; 6872 6873 while (ret == OK 6874 && (**arg == '[' 6875 || (**arg == '.' && rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 6876 || (**arg == '(' && (!evaluate || rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 6877 || rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL))) 6878 && !VIM_ISWHITE(*(*arg - 1))) 6879 { 6880 if (**arg == '(') 6881 { 6882 partial_T *pt = NULL; 6883 6884 /* need to copy the funcref so that we can clear rettv */ 6885 if (evaluate) 6886 { 6887 functv = *rettv; 6888 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 6889 6890 /* Invoke the function. Recursive! */ 6891 if (functv.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 6892 { 6893 pt = functv.vval.v_partial; 6894 s = partial_name(pt); 6895 } 6896 else 6897 s = functv.vval.v_string; 6898 } 6899 else 6900 s = (char_u *)""; 6901 ret = get_func_tv(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, arg, 6902 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 6903 &len, evaluate, pt, selfdict); 6904 6905 /* Clear the funcref afterwards, so that deleting it while 6906 * evaluating the arguments is possible (see test55). */ 6907 if (evaluate) 6908 clear_tv(&functv); 6909 6910 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately aborting on 6911 * error, or when an interrupt occurred or an exception was thrown 6912 * but not caught. */ 6913 if (aborting()) 6914 { 6915 if (ret == OK) 6916 clear_tv(rettv); 6917 ret = FAIL; 6918 } 6919 dict_unref(selfdict); 6920 selfdict = NULL; 6921 } 6922 else /* **arg == '[' || **arg == '.' */ 6923 { 6924 dict_unref(selfdict); 6925 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 6926 { 6927 selfdict = rettv->vval.v_dict; 6928 if (selfdict != NULL) 6929 ++selfdict->dv_refcount; 6930 } 6931 else 6932 selfdict = NULL; 6933 if (eval_index(arg, rettv, evaluate, verbose) == FAIL) 6934 { 6935 clear_tv(rettv); 6936 ret = FAIL; 6937 } 6938 } 6939 } 6940 6941 /* Turn "dict.Func" into a partial for "Func" bound to "dict". 6942 * Don't do this when "Func" is already a partial that was bound 6943 * explicitly (pt_auto is FALSE). */ 6944 if (selfdict != NULL 6945 && (rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 6946 || (rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 6947 && (rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_auto 6948 || rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_dict == NULL)))) 6949 selfdict = make_partial(selfdict, rettv); 6950 6951 dict_unref(selfdict); 6952 return ret; 6953 } 6954 6955 /* 6956 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and make it empty (0 or NULL 6957 * value). 6958 */ 6959 typval_T * 6960 alloc_tv(void) 6961 { 6962 return (typval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(typval_T)); 6963 } 6964 6965 /* 6966 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and assign a string to it. 6967 * The string "s" must have been allocated, it is consumed. 6968 * Return NULL for out of memory, the variable otherwise. 6969 */ 6970 static typval_T * 6971 alloc_string_tv(char_u *s) 6972 { 6973 typval_T *rettv; 6974 6975 rettv = alloc_tv(); 6976 if (rettv != NULL) 6977 { 6978 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 6979 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 6980 } 6981 else 6982 vim_free(s); 6983 return rettv; 6984 } 6985 6986 /* 6987 * Free the memory for a variable type-value. 6988 */ 6989 void 6990 free_tv(typval_T *varp) 6991 { 6992 if (varp != NULL) 6993 { 6994 switch (varp->v_type) 6995 { 6996 case VAR_FUNC: 6997 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 6998 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ 6999 case VAR_STRING: 7000 vim_free(varp->vval.v_string); 7001 break; 7002 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7003 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 7004 break; 7005 case VAR_LIST: 7006 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 7007 break; 7008 case VAR_DICT: 7009 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 7010 break; 7011 case VAR_JOB: 7012 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7013 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 7014 break; 7015 #endif 7016 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7017 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7018 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 7019 break; 7020 #endif 7021 case VAR_NUMBER: 7022 case VAR_FLOAT: 7023 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7024 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7025 break; 7026 } 7027 vim_free(varp); 7028 } 7029 } 7030 7031 /* 7032 * Free the memory for a variable value and set the value to NULL or 0. 7033 */ 7034 void 7035 clear_tv(typval_T *varp) 7036 { 7037 if (varp != NULL) 7038 { 7039 switch (varp->v_type) 7040 { 7041 case VAR_FUNC: 7042 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 7043 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ 7044 case VAR_STRING: 7045 vim_free(varp->vval.v_string); 7046 varp->vval.v_string = NULL; 7047 break; 7048 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7049 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 7050 varp->vval.v_partial = NULL; 7051 break; 7052 case VAR_LIST: 7053 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 7054 varp->vval.v_list = NULL; 7055 break; 7056 case VAR_DICT: 7057 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 7058 varp->vval.v_dict = NULL; 7059 break; 7060 case VAR_NUMBER: 7061 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7062 varp->vval.v_number = 0; 7063 break; 7064 case VAR_FLOAT: 7065 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7066 varp->vval.v_float = 0.0; 7067 break; 7068 #endif 7069 case VAR_JOB: 7070 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7071 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 7072 varp->vval.v_job = NULL; 7073 #endif 7074 break; 7075 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7076 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7077 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 7078 varp->vval.v_channel = NULL; 7079 #endif 7080 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7081 break; 7082 } 7083 varp->v_lock = 0; 7084 } 7085 } 7086 7087 /* 7088 * Set the value of a variable to NULL without freeing items. 7089 */ 7090 void 7091 init_tv(typval_T *varp) 7092 { 7093 if (varp != NULL) 7094 vim_memset(varp, 0, sizeof(typval_T)); 7095 } 7096 7097 /* 7098 * Get the number value of a variable. 7099 * If it is a String variable, uses vim_str2nr(). 7100 * For incompatible types, return 0. 7101 * get_tv_number_chk() is similar to get_tv_number(), but informs the 7102 * caller of incompatible types: it sets *denote to TRUE if "denote" 7103 * is not NULL or returns -1 otherwise. 7104 */ 7105 varnumber_T 7106 get_tv_number(typval_T *varp) 7107 { 7108 int error = FALSE; 7109 7110 return get_tv_number_chk(varp, &error); /* return 0L on error */ 7111 } 7112 7113 varnumber_T 7114 get_tv_number_chk(typval_T *varp, int *denote) 7115 { 7116 varnumber_T n = 0L; 7117 7118 switch (varp->v_type) 7119 { 7120 case VAR_NUMBER: 7121 return varp->vval.v_number; 7122 case VAR_FLOAT: 7123 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7124 EMSG(_("E805: Using a Float as a Number")); 7125 break; 7126 #endif 7127 case VAR_FUNC: 7128 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7129 EMSG(_("E703: Using a Funcref as a Number")); 7130 break; 7131 case VAR_STRING: 7132 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 7133 vim_str2nr(varp->vval.v_string, NULL, NULL, 7134 STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 7135 return n; 7136 case VAR_LIST: 7137 EMSG(_("E745: Using a List as a Number")); 7138 break; 7139 case VAR_DICT: 7140 EMSG(_("E728: Using a Dictionary as a Number")); 7141 break; 7142 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7143 return varp->vval.v_number == VVAL_TRUE ? 1 : 0; 7144 break; 7145 case VAR_JOB: 7146 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7147 EMSG(_("E910: Using a Job as a Number")); 7148 break; 7149 #endif 7150 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7151 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7152 EMSG(_("E913: Using a Channel as a Number")); 7153 break; 7154 #endif 7155 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7156 internal_error("get_tv_number(UNKNOWN)"); 7157 break; 7158 } 7159 if (denote == NULL) /* useful for values that must be unsigned */ 7160 n = -1; 7161 else 7162 *denote = TRUE; 7163 return n; 7164 } 7165 7166 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7167 float_T 7168 get_tv_float(typval_T *varp) 7169 { 7170 switch (varp->v_type) 7171 { 7172 case VAR_NUMBER: 7173 return (float_T)(varp->vval.v_number); 7174 case VAR_FLOAT: 7175 return varp->vval.v_float; 7176 case VAR_FUNC: 7177 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7178 EMSG(_("E891: Using a Funcref as a Float")); 7179 break; 7180 case VAR_STRING: 7181 EMSG(_("E892: Using a String as a Float")); 7182 break; 7183 case VAR_LIST: 7184 EMSG(_("E893: Using a List as a Float")); 7185 break; 7186 case VAR_DICT: 7187 EMSG(_("E894: Using a Dictionary as a Float")); 7188 break; 7189 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7190 EMSG(_("E907: Using a special value as a Float")); 7191 break; 7192 case VAR_JOB: 7193 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7194 EMSG(_("E911: Using a Job as a Float")); 7195 break; 7196 # endif 7197 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7198 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7199 EMSG(_("E914: Using a Channel as a Float")); 7200 break; 7201 # endif 7202 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7203 internal_error("get_tv_float(UNKNOWN)"); 7204 break; 7205 } 7206 return 0; 7207 } 7208 #endif 7209 7210 /* 7211 * Get the string value of a variable. 7212 * If it is a Number variable, the number is converted into a string. 7213 * get_tv_string() uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7214 * get_tv_string_buf() uses a given buffer. 7215 * If the String variable has never been set, return an empty string. 7216 * Never returns NULL; 7217 * get_tv_string_chk() and get_tv_string_buf_chk() are similar, but return 7218 * NULL on error. 7219 */ 7220 char_u * 7221 get_tv_string(typval_T *varp) 7222 { 7223 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7224 7225 return get_tv_string_buf(varp, mybuf); 7226 } 7227 7228 char_u * 7229 get_tv_string_buf(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7230 { 7231 char_u *res = get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, buf); 7232 7233 return res != NULL ? res : (char_u *)""; 7234 } 7235 7236 /* 7237 * Careful: This uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7238 */ 7239 char_u * 7240 get_tv_string_chk(typval_T *varp) 7241 { 7242 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7243 7244 return get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, mybuf); 7245 } 7246 7247 char_u * 7248 get_tv_string_buf_chk(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7249 { 7250 switch (varp->v_type) 7251 { 7252 case VAR_NUMBER: 7253 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "%lld", 7254 (varnumber_T)varp->vval.v_number); 7255 return buf; 7256 case VAR_FUNC: 7257 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7258 EMSG(_("E729: using Funcref as a String")); 7259 break; 7260 case VAR_LIST: 7261 EMSG(_("E730: using List as a String")); 7262 break; 7263 case VAR_DICT: 7264 EMSG(_("E731: using Dictionary as a String")); 7265 break; 7266 case VAR_FLOAT: 7267 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7268 EMSG(_(e_float_as_string)); 7269 break; 7270 #endif 7271 case VAR_STRING: 7272 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 7273 return varp->vval.v_string; 7274 return (char_u *)""; 7275 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7276 STRCPY(buf, get_var_special_name(varp->vval.v_number)); 7277 return buf; 7278 case VAR_JOB: 7279 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7280 { 7281 job_T *job = varp->vval.v_job; 7282 char *status; 7283 7284 if (job == NULL) 7285 return (char_u *)"no process"; 7286 status = job->jv_status == JOB_FAILED ? "fail" 7287 : job->jv_status >= JOB_ENDED ? "dead" 7288 : "run"; 7289 # ifdef UNIX 7290 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7291 "process %ld %s", (long)job->jv_pid, status); 7292 # elif defined(WIN32) 7293 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7294 "process %ld %s", 7295 (long)job->jv_proc_info.dwProcessId, 7296 status); 7297 # else 7298 /* fall-back */ 7299 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "process ? %s", status); 7300 # endif 7301 return buf; 7302 } 7303 #endif 7304 break; 7305 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7306 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7307 { 7308 channel_T *channel = varp->vval.v_channel; 7309 char *status = channel_status(channel, -1); 7310 7311 if (channel == NULL) 7312 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "channel %s", status); 7313 else 7314 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7315 "channel %d %s", channel->ch_id, status); 7316 return buf; 7317 } 7318 #endif 7319 break; 7320 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7321 EMSG(_("E908: using an invalid value as a String")); 7322 break; 7323 } 7324 return NULL; 7325 } 7326 7327 /* 7328 * Find variable "name" in the list of variables. 7329 * Return a pointer to it if found, NULL if not found. 7330 * Careful: "a:0" variables don't have a name. 7331 * When "htp" is not NULL we are writing to the variable, set "htp" to the 7332 * hashtab_T used. 7333 */ 7334 dictitem_T * 7335 find_var(char_u *name, hashtab_T **htp, int no_autoload) 7336 { 7337 char_u *varname; 7338 hashtab_T *ht; 7339 dictitem_T *ret = NULL; 7340 7341 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7342 if (htp != NULL) 7343 *htp = ht; 7344 if (ht == NULL) 7345 return NULL; 7346 ret = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, varname, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7347 if (ret != NULL) 7348 return ret; 7349 7350 /* Search in parent scope for lambda */ 7351 return find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7352 } 7353 7354 /* 7355 * Find variable "varname" in hashtab "ht" with name "htname". 7356 * Returns NULL if not found. 7357 */ 7358 dictitem_T * 7359 find_var_in_ht( 7360 hashtab_T *ht, 7361 int htname, 7362 char_u *varname, 7363 int no_autoload) 7364 { 7365 hashitem_T *hi; 7366 7367 if (*varname == NUL) 7368 { 7369 /* Must be something like "s:", otherwise "ht" would be NULL. */ 7370 switch (htname) 7371 { 7372 case 's': return &SCRIPT_SV(current_SID)->sv_var; 7373 case 'g': return &globvars_var; 7374 case 'v': return &vimvars_var; 7375 case 'b': return &curbuf->b_bufvar; 7376 case 'w': return &curwin->w_winvar; 7377 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7378 case 't': return &curtab->tp_winvar; 7379 #endif 7380 case 'l': return get_funccal_local_var(); 7381 case 'a': return get_funccal_args_var(); 7382 } 7383 return NULL; 7384 } 7385 7386 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7387 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7388 { 7389 /* For global variables we may try auto-loading the script. If it 7390 * worked find the variable again. Don't auto-load a script if it was 7391 * loaded already, otherwise it would be loaded every time when 7392 * checking if a function name is a Funcref variable. */ 7393 if (ht == &globvarht && !no_autoload) 7394 { 7395 /* Note: script_autoload() may make "hi" invalid. It must either 7396 * be obtained again or not used. */ 7397 if (!script_autoload(varname, FALSE) || aborting()) 7398 return NULL; 7399 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7400 } 7401 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7402 return NULL; 7403 } 7404 return HI2DI(hi); 7405 } 7406 7407 /* 7408 * Find the hashtab used for a variable name. 7409 * Return NULL if the name is not valid. 7410 * Set "varname" to the start of name without ':'. 7411 */ 7412 hashtab_T * 7413 find_var_ht(char_u *name, char_u **varname) 7414 { 7415 hashitem_T *hi; 7416 hashtab_T *ht; 7417 7418 if (name[0] == NUL) 7419 return NULL; 7420 if (name[1] != ':') 7421 { 7422 /* The name must not start with a colon or #. */ 7423 if (name[0] == ':' || name[0] == AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 7424 return NULL; 7425 *varname = name; 7426 7427 /* "version" is "v:version" in all scopes */ 7428 hi = hash_find(&compat_hashtab, name); 7429 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7430 return &compat_hashtab; 7431 7432 ht = get_funccal_local_ht(); 7433 if (ht == NULL) 7434 return &globvarht; /* global variable */ 7435 return ht; /* local variable */ 7436 } 7437 *varname = name + 2; 7438 if (*name == 'g') /* global variable */ 7439 return &globvarht; 7440 /* There must be no ':' or '#' in the rest of the name, unless g: is used 7441 */ 7442 if (vim_strchr(name + 2, ':') != NULL 7443 || vim_strchr(name + 2, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) != NULL) 7444 return NULL; 7445 if (*name == 'b') /* buffer variable */ 7446 return &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 7447 if (*name == 'w') /* window variable */ 7448 return &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 7449 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7450 if (*name == 't') /* tab page variable */ 7451 return &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 7452 #endif 7453 if (*name == 'v') /* v: variable */ 7454 return &vimvarht; 7455 if (*name == 'a') /* a: function argument */ 7456 return get_funccal_args_ht(); 7457 if (*name == 'l') /* l: local function variable */ 7458 return get_funccal_local_ht(); 7459 if (*name == 's' /* script variable */ 7460 && current_SID > 0 && current_SID <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 7461 return &SCRIPT_VARS(current_SID); 7462 return NULL; 7463 } 7464 7465 /* 7466 * Get the string value of a (global/local) variable. 7467 * Note: see get_tv_string() for how long the pointer remains valid. 7468 * Returns NULL when it doesn't exist. 7469 */ 7470 char_u * 7471 get_var_value(char_u *name) 7472 { 7473 dictitem_T *v; 7474 7475 v = find_var(name, NULL, FALSE); 7476 if (v == NULL) 7477 return NULL; 7478 return get_tv_string(&v->di_tv); 7479 } 7480 7481 /* 7482 * Allocate a new hashtab for a sourced script. It will be used while 7483 * sourcing this script and when executing functions defined in the script. 7484 */ 7485 void 7486 new_script_vars(scid_T id) 7487 { 7488 int i; 7489 hashtab_T *ht; 7490 scriptvar_T *sv; 7491 7492 if (ga_grow(&ga_scripts, (int)(id - ga_scripts.ga_len)) == OK) 7493 { 7494 /* Re-allocating ga_data means that an ht_array pointing to 7495 * ht_smallarray becomes invalid. We can recognize this: ht_mask is 7496 * at its init value. Also reset "v_dict", it's always the same. */ 7497 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 7498 { 7499 ht = &SCRIPT_VARS(i); 7500 if (ht->ht_mask == HT_INIT_SIZE - 1) 7501 ht->ht_array = ht->ht_smallarray; 7502 sv = SCRIPT_SV(i); 7503 sv->sv_var.di_tv.vval.v_dict = &sv->sv_dict; 7504 } 7505 7506 while (ga_scripts.ga_len < id) 7507 { 7508 sv = SCRIPT_SV(ga_scripts.ga_len + 1) = 7509 (scriptvar_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(scriptvar_T)); 7510 init_var_dict(&sv->sv_dict, &sv->sv_var, VAR_SCOPE); 7511 ++ga_scripts.ga_len; 7512 } 7513 } 7514 } 7515 7516 /* 7517 * Initialize dictionary "dict" as a scope and set variable "dict_var" to 7518 * point to it. 7519 */ 7520 void 7521 init_var_dict(dict_T *dict, dictitem_T *dict_var, int scope) 7522 { 7523 hash_init(&dict->dv_hashtab); 7524 dict->dv_lock = 0; 7525 dict->dv_scope = scope; 7526 dict->dv_refcount = DO_NOT_FREE_CNT; 7527 dict->dv_copyID = 0; 7528 dict_var->di_tv.vval.v_dict = dict; 7529 dict_var->di_tv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 7530 dict_var->di_tv.v_lock = VAR_FIXED; 7531 dict_var->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 7532 dict_var->di_key[0] = NUL; 7533 } 7534 7535 /* 7536 * Unreference a dictionary initialized by init_var_dict(). 7537 */ 7538 void 7539 unref_var_dict(dict_T *dict) 7540 { 7541 /* Now the dict needs to be freed if no one else is using it, go back to 7542 * normal reference counting. */ 7543 dict->dv_refcount -= DO_NOT_FREE_CNT - 1; 7544 dict_unref(dict); 7545 } 7546 7547 /* 7548 * Clean up a list of internal variables. 7549 * Frees all allocated variables and the value they contain. 7550 * Clears hashtab "ht", does not free it. 7551 */ 7552 void 7553 vars_clear(hashtab_T *ht) 7554 { 7555 vars_clear_ext(ht, TRUE); 7556 } 7557 7558 /* 7559 * Like vars_clear(), but only free the value if "free_val" is TRUE. 7560 */ 7561 void 7562 vars_clear_ext(hashtab_T *ht, int free_val) 7563 { 7564 int todo; 7565 hashitem_T *hi; 7566 dictitem_T *v; 7567 7568 hash_lock(ht); 7569 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 7570 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 7571 { 7572 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7573 { 7574 --todo; 7575 7576 /* Free the variable. Don't remove it from the hashtab, 7577 * ht_array might change then. hash_clear() takes care of it 7578 * later. */ 7579 v = HI2DI(hi); 7580 if (free_val) 7581 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7582 if (v->di_flags & DI_FLAGS_ALLOC) 7583 vim_free(v); 7584 } 7585 } 7586 hash_clear(ht); 7587 ht->ht_used = 0; 7588 } 7589 7590 /* 7591 * Delete a variable from hashtab "ht" at item "hi". 7592 * Clear the variable value and free the dictitem. 7593 */ 7594 static void 7595 delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi) 7596 { 7597 dictitem_T *di = HI2DI(hi); 7598 7599 hash_remove(ht, hi); 7600 clear_tv(&di->di_tv); 7601 vim_free(di); 7602 } 7603 7604 /* 7605 * List the value of one internal variable. 7606 */ 7607 static void 7608 list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char_u *prefix, int *first) 7609 { 7610 char_u *tofree; 7611 char_u *s; 7612 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7613 7614 s = echo_string(&v->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 7615 list_one_var_a(prefix, v->di_key, v->di_tv.v_type, 7616 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, first); 7617 vim_free(tofree); 7618 } 7619 7620 static void 7621 list_one_var_a( 7622 char_u *prefix, 7623 char_u *name, 7624 int type, 7625 char_u *string, 7626 int *first) /* when TRUE clear rest of screen and set to FALSE */ 7627 { 7628 /* don't use msg() or msg_attr() to avoid overwriting "v:statusmsg" */ 7629 msg_start(); 7630 msg_puts(prefix); 7631 if (name != NULL) /* "a:" vars don't have a name stored */ 7632 msg_puts(name); 7633 msg_putchar(' '); 7634 msg_advance(22); 7635 if (type == VAR_NUMBER) 7636 msg_putchar('#'); 7637 else if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7638 msg_putchar('*'); 7639 else if (type == VAR_LIST) 7640 { 7641 msg_putchar('['); 7642 if (*string == '[') 7643 ++string; 7644 } 7645 else if (type == VAR_DICT) 7646 { 7647 msg_putchar('{'); 7648 if (*string == '{') 7649 ++string; 7650 } 7651 else 7652 msg_putchar(' '); 7653 7654 msg_outtrans(string); 7655 7656 if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7657 msg_puts((char_u *)"()"); 7658 if (*first) 7659 { 7660 msg_clr_eos(); 7661 *first = FALSE; 7662 } 7663 } 7664 7665 /* 7666 * Set variable "name" to value in "tv". 7667 * If the variable already exists, the value is updated. 7668 * Otherwise the variable is created. 7669 */ 7670 void 7671 set_var( 7672 char_u *name, 7673 typval_T *tv, 7674 int copy) /* make copy of value in "tv" */ 7675 { 7676 dictitem_T *v; 7677 char_u *varname; 7678 hashtab_T *ht; 7679 7680 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7681 if (ht == NULL || *varname == NUL) 7682 { 7683 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 7684 return; 7685 } 7686 v = find_var_in_ht(ht, 0, varname, TRUE); 7687 7688 /* Search in parent scope which is possible to reference from lambda */ 7689 if (v == NULL) 7690 v = find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, TRUE); 7691 7692 if ((tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC || tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7693 && var_check_func_name(name, v == NULL)) 7694 return; 7695 7696 if (v != NULL) 7697 { 7698 /* existing variable, need to clear the value */ 7699 if (var_check_ro(v->di_flags, name, FALSE) 7700 || tv_check_lock(v->di_tv.v_lock, name, FALSE)) 7701 return; 7702 7703 /* 7704 * Handle setting internal v: variables separately where needed to 7705 * prevent changing the type. 7706 */ 7707 if (ht == &vimvarht) 7708 { 7709 if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 7710 { 7711 vim_free(v->di_tv.vval.v_string); 7712 if (copy || tv->v_type != VAR_STRING) 7713 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(tv)); 7714 else 7715 { 7716 /* Take over the string to avoid an extra alloc/free. */ 7717 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = tv->vval.v_string; 7718 tv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7719 } 7720 return; 7721 } 7722 else if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 7723 { 7724 v->di_tv.vval.v_number = get_tv_number(tv); 7725 if (STRCMP(varname, "searchforward") == 0) 7726 set_search_direction(v->di_tv.vval.v_number ? '/' : '?'); 7727 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7728 else if (STRCMP(varname, "hlsearch") == 0) 7729 { 7730 no_hlsearch = !v->di_tv.vval.v_number; 7731 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID); 7732 } 7733 #endif 7734 return; 7735 } 7736 else if (v->di_tv.v_type != tv->v_type) 7737 internal_error("set_var()"); 7738 } 7739 7740 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7741 } 7742 else /* add a new variable */ 7743 { 7744 /* Can't add "v:" variable. */ 7745 if (ht == &vimvarht) 7746 { 7747 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 7748 return; 7749 } 7750 7751 /* Make sure the variable name is valid. */ 7752 if (!valid_varname(varname)) 7753 return; 7754 7755 v = (dictitem_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(dictitem_T) 7756 + STRLEN(varname))); 7757 if (v == NULL) 7758 return; 7759 STRCPY(v->di_key, varname); 7760 if (hash_add(ht, DI2HIKEY(v)) == FAIL) 7761 { 7762 vim_free(v); 7763 return; 7764 } 7765 v->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_ALLOC; 7766 } 7767 7768 if (copy || tv->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || tv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 7769 copy_tv(tv, &v->di_tv); 7770 else 7771 { 7772 v->di_tv = *tv; 7773 v->di_tv.v_lock = 0; 7774 init_tv(tv); 7775 } 7776 } 7777 7778 /* 7779 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is read-only. 7780 * Also give an error message. 7781 */ 7782 int 7783 var_check_ro(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7784 { 7785 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_RO) 7786 { 7787 EMSG2(_(e_readonlyvar), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7788 return TRUE; 7789 } 7790 if ((flags & DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX) && sandbox) 7791 { 7792 EMSG2(_(e_readonlysbx), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7793 return TRUE; 7794 } 7795 return FALSE; 7796 } 7797 7798 /* 7799 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is fixed. 7800 * Also give an error message. 7801 */ 7802 int 7803 var_check_fixed(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7804 { 7805 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_FIX) 7806 { 7807 EMSG2(_("E795: Cannot delete variable %s"), 7808 use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7809 return TRUE; 7810 } 7811 return FALSE; 7812 } 7813 7814 /* 7815 * Check if a funcref is assigned to a valid variable name. 7816 * Return TRUE and give an error if not. 7817 */ 7818 int 7819 var_check_func_name( 7820 char_u *name, /* points to start of variable name */ 7821 int new_var) /* TRUE when creating the variable */ 7822 { 7823 /* Allow for w: b: s: and t:. */ 7824 if (!(vim_strchr((char_u *)"wbst", name[0]) != NULL && name[1] == ':') 7825 && !ASCII_ISUPPER((name[0] != NUL && name[1] == ':') 7826 ? name[2] : name[0])) 7827 { 7828 EMSG2(_("E704: Funcref variable name must start with a capital: %s"), 7829 name); 7830 return TRUE; 7831 } 7832 /* Don't allow hiding a function. When "v" is not NULL we might be 7833 * assigning another function to the same var, the type is checked 7834 * below. */ 7835 if (new_var && function_exists(name, FALSE)) 7836 { 7837 EMSG2(_("E705: Variable name conflicts with existing function: %s"), 7838 name); 7839 return TRUE; 7840 } 7841 return FALSE; 7842 } 7843 7844 /* 7845 * Check if a variable name is valid. 7846 * Return FALSE and give an error if not. 7847 */ 7848 int 7849 valid_varname(char_u *varname) 7850 { 7851 char_u *p; 7852 7853 for (p = varname; *p != NUL; ++p) 7854 if (!eval_isnamec1(*p) && (p == varname || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) 7855 && *p != AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 7856 { 7857 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), varname); 7858 return FALSE; 7859 } 7860 return TRUE; 7861 } 7862 7863 /* 7864 * Return TRUE if typeval "tv" is set to be locked (immutable). 7865 * Also give an error message, using "name" or _("name") when use_gettext is 7866 * TRUE. 7867 */ 7868 int 7869 tv_check_lock(int lock, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7870 { 7871 if (lock & VAR_LOCKED) 7872 { 7873 EMSG2(_("E741: Value is locked: %s"), 7874 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 7875 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 7876 : name); 7877 return TRUE; 7878 } 7879 if (lock & VAR_FIXED) 7880 { 7881 EMSG2(_("E742: Cannot change value of %s"), 7882 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 7883 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 7884 : name); 7885 return TRUE; 7886 } 7887 return FALSE; 7888 } 7889 7890 /* 7891 * Copy the values from typval_T "from" to typval_T "to". 7892 * When needed allocates string or increases reference count. 7893 * Does not make a copy of a list or dict but copies the reference! 7894 * It is OK for "from" and "to" to point to the same item. This is used to 7895 * make a copy later. 7896 */ 7897 void 7898 copy_tv(typval_T *from, typval_T *to) 7899 { 7900 to->v_type = from->v_type; 7901 to->v_lock = 0; 7902 switch (from->v_type) 7903 { 7904 case VAR_NUMBER: 7905 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7906 to->vval.v_number = from->vval.v_number; 7907 break; 7908 case VAR_FLOAT: 7909 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7910 to->vval.v_float = from->vval.v_float; 7911 break; 7912 #endif 7913 case VAR_JOB: 7914 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7915 to->vval.v_job = from->vval.v_job; 7916 if (to->vval.v_job != NULL) 7917 ++to->vval.v_job->jv_refcount; 7918 break; 7919 #endif 7920 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7921 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7922 to->vval.v_channel = from->vval.v_channel; 7923 if (to->vval.v_channel != NULL) 7924 ++to->vval.v_channel->ch_refcount; 7925 break; 7926 #endif 7927 case VAR_STRING: 7928 case VAR_FUNC: 7929 if (from->vval.v_string == NULL) 7930 to->vval.v_string = NULL; 7931 else 7932 { 7933 to->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(from->vval.v_string); 7934 if (from->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 7935 func_ref(to->vval.v_string); 7936 } 7937 break; 7938 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7939 if (from->vval.v_partial == NULL) 7940 to->vval.v_partial = NULL; 7941 else 7942 { 7943 to->vval.v_partial = from->vval.v_partial; 7944 ++to->vval.v_partial->pt_refcount; 7945 } 7946 break; 7947 case VAR_LIST: 7948 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 7949 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 7950 else 7951 { 7952 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list; 7953 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 7954 } 7955 break; 7956 case VAR_DICT: 7957 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 7958 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 7959 else 7960 { 7961 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict; 7962 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 7963 } 7964 break; 7965 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7966 internal_error("copy_tv(UNKNOWN)"); 7967 break; 7968 } 7969 } 7970 7971 /* 7972 * Make a copy of an item. 7973 * Lists and Dictionaries are also copied. A deep copy if "deep" is set. 7974 * For deepcopy() "copyID" is zero for a full copy or the ID for when a 7975 * reference to an already copied list/dict can be used. 7976 * Returns FAIL or OK. 7977 */ 7978 int 7979 item_copy( 7980 typval_T *from, 7981 typval_T *to, 7982 int deep, 7983 int copyID) 7984 { 7985 static int recurse = 0; 7986 int ret = OK; 7987 7988 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 7989 { 7990 EMSG(_("E698: variable nested too deep for making a copy")); 7991 return FAIL; 7992 } 7993 ++recurse; 7994 7995 switch (from->v_type) 7996 { 7997 case VAR_NUMBER: 7998 case VAR_FLOAT: 7999 case VAR_STRING: 8000 case VAR_FUNC: 8001 case VAR_PARTIAL: 8002 case VAR_SPECIAL: 8003 case VAR_JOB: 8004 case VAR_CHANNEL: 8005 copy_tv(from, to); 8006 break; 8007 case VAR_LIST: 8008 to->v_type = VAR_LIST; 8009 to->v_lock = 0; 8010 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 8011 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 8012 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID) 8013 { 8014 /* use the copy made earlier */ 8015 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list->lv_copylist; 8016 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 8017 } 8018 else 8019 to->vval.v_list = list_copy(from->vval.v_list, deep, copyID); 8020 if (to->vval.v_list == NULL) 8021 ret = FAIL; 8022 break; 8023 case VAR_DICT: 8024 to->v_type = VAR_DICT; 8025 to->v_lock = 0; 8026 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 8027 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 8028 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID) 8029 { 8030 /* use the copy made earlier */ 8031 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict->dv_copydict; 8032 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 8033 } 8034 else 8035 to->vval.v_dict = dict_copy(from->vval.v_dict, deep, copyID); 8036 if (to->vval.v_dict == NULL) 8037 ret = FAIL; 8038 break; 8039 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 8040 internal_error("item_copy(UNKNOWN)"); 8041 ret = FAIL; 8042 } 8043 --recurse; 8044 return ret; 8045 } 8046 8047 /* 8048 * This function is used by f_input() and f_inputdialog() functions. The third 8049 * argument to f_input() specifies the type of completion to use at the 8050 * prompt. The third argument to f_inputdialog() specifies the value to return 8051 * when the user cancels the prompt. 8052 */ 8053 void 8054 get_user_input( 8055 typval_T *argvars, 8056 typval_T *rettv, 8057 int inputdialog, 8058 int secret) 8059 { 8060 char_u *prompt = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 8061 char_u *p = NULL; 8062 int c; 8063 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8064 int cmd_silent_save = cmd_silent; 8065 char_u *defstr = (char_u *)""; 8066 int xp_type = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8067 char_u *xp_arg = NULL; 8068 8069 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 8070 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8071 8072 #ifdef NO_CONSOLE_INPUT 8073 /* While starting up, there is no place to enter text. When running tests 8074 * with --not-a-term we assume feedkeys() will be used. */ 8075 if (no_console_input() && !is_not_a_term()) 8076 return; 8077 #endif 8078 8079 cmd_silent = FALSE; /* Want to see the prompt. */ 8080 if (prompt != NULL) 8081 { 8082 /* Only the part of the message after the last NL is considered as 8083 * prompt for the command line */ 8084 p = vim_strrchr(prompt, '\n'); 8085 if (p == NULL) 8086 p = prompt; 8087 else 8088 { 8089 ++p; 8090 c = *p; 8091 *p = NUL; 8092 msg_start(); 8093 msg_clr_eos(); 8094 msg_puts_attr(prompt, echo_attr); 8095 msg_didout = FALSE; 8096 msg_starthere(); 8097 *p = c; 8098 } 8099 cmdline_row = msg_row; 8100 8101 if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8102 { 8103 defstr = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 8104 if (defstr != NULL) 8105 stuffReadbuffSpec(defstr); 8106 8107 if (!inputdialog && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8108 { 8109 char_u *xp_name; 8110 int xp_namelen; 8111 long argt; 8112 8113 /* input() with a third argument: completion */ 8114 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8115 8116 xp_name = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[2], buf); 8117 if (xp_name == NULL) 8118 return; 8119 8120 xp_namelen = (int)STRLEN(xp_name); 8121 8122 if (parse_compl_arg(xp_name, xp_namelen, &xp_type, &argt, 8123 &xp_arg) == FAIL) 8124 return; 8125 } 8126 } 8127 8128 if (defstr != NULL) 8129 { 8130 int save_ex_normal_busy = ex_normal_busy; 8131 ex_normal_busy = 0; 8132 rettv->vval.v_string = 8133 getcmdline_prompt(secret ? NUL : '@', p, echo_attr, 8134 xp_type, xp_arg); 8135 ex_normal_busy = save_ex_normal_busy; 8136 } 8137 if (inputdialog && rettv->vval.v_string == NULL 8138 && argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN 8139 && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8140 rettv->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(get_tv_string_buf( 8141 &argvars[2], buf)); 8142 8143 vim_free(xp_arg); 8144 8145 /* since the user typed this, no need to wait for return */ 8146 need_wait_return = FALSE; 8147 msg_didout = FALSE; 8148 } 8149 cmd_silent = cmd_silent_save; 8150 } 8151 8152 /* 8153 * ":echo expr1 ..." print each argument separated with a space, add a 8154 * newline at the end. 8155 * ":echon expr1 ..." print each argument plain. 8156 */ 8157 void 8158 ex_echo(exarg_T *eap) 8159 { 8160 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 8161 typval_T rettv; 8162 char_u *tofree; 8163 char_u *p; 8164 int needclr = TRUE; 8165 int atstart = TRUE; 8166 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8167 8168 if (eap->skip) 8169 ++emsg_skip; 8170 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n' && !got_int) 8171 { 8172 /* If eval1() causes an error message the text from the command may 8173 * still need to be cleared. E.g., "echo 22,44". */ 8174 need_clr_eos = needclr; 8175 8176 p = arg; 8177 if (eval1(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip) == FAIL) 8178 { 8179 /* 8180 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation 8181 * has been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 8182 * exception. 8183 */ 8184 if (!aborting()) 8185 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), p); 8186 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8187 break; 8188 } 8189 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8190 8191 if (!eap->skip) 8192 { 8193 if (atstart) 8194 { 8195 atstart = FALSE; 8196 /* Call msg_start() after eval1(), evaluating the expression 8197 * may cause a message to appear. */ 8198 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8199 { 8200 /* Mark the saved text as finishing the line, so that what 8201 * follows is displayed on a new line when scrolling back 8202 * at the more prompt. */ 8203 msg_sb_eol(); 8204 msg_start(); 8205 } 8206 } 8207 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8208 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)" ", echo_attr); 8209 p = echo_string(&rettv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 8210 if (p != NULL) 8211 for ( ; *p != NUL && !got_int; ++p) 8212 { 8213 if (*p == '\n' || *p == '\r' || *p == TAB) 8214 { 8215 if (*p != TAB && needclr) 8216 { 8217 /* remove any text still there from the command */ 8218 msg_clr_eos(); 8219 needclr = FALSE; 8220 } 8221 msg_putchar_attr(*p, echo_attr); 8222 } 8223 else 8224 { 8225 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8226 if (has_mbyte) 8227 { 8228 int i = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 8229 8230 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, i, echo_attr); 8231 p += i - 1; 8232 } 8233 else 8234 #endif 8235 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, 1, echo_attr); 8236 } 8237 } 8238 vim_free(tofree); 8239 } 8240 clear_tv(&rettv); 8241 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8242 } 8243 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8244 8245 if (eap->skip) 8246 --emsg_skip; 8247 else 8248 { 8249 /* remove text that may still be there from the command */ 8250 if (needclr) 8251 msg_clr_eos(); 8252 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8253 msg_end(); 8254 } 8255 } 8256 8257 /* 8258 * ":echohl {name}". 8259 */ 8260 void 8261 ex_echohl(exarg_T *eap) 8262 { 8263 int id; 8264 8265 id = syn_name2id(eap->arg); 8266 if (id == 0) 8267 echo_attr = 0; 8268 else 8269 echo_attr = syn_id2attr(id); 8270 } 8271 8272 /* 8273 * ":execute expr1 ..." execute the result of an expression. 8274 * ":echomsg expr1 ..." Print a message 8275 * ":echoerr expr1 ..." Print an error 8276 * Each gets spaces around each argument and a newline at the end for 8277 * echo commands 8278 */ 8279 void 8280 ex_execute(exarg_T *eap) 8281 { 8282 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 8283 typval_T rettv; 8284 int ret = OK; 8285 char_u *p; 8286 garray_T ga; 8287 int len; 8288 int save_did_emsg; 8289 8290 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 80); 8291 8292 if (eap->skip) 8293 ++emsg_skip; 8294 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n') 8295 { 8296 p = arg; 8297 if (eval1(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip) == FAIL) 8298 { 8299 /* 8300 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation 8301 * has been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 8302 * exception. 8303 */ 8304 if (!aborting()) 8305 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), p); 8306 ret = FAIL; 8307 break; 8308 } 8309 8310 if (!eap->skip) 8311 { 8312 p = get_tv_string(&rettv); 8313 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 8314 if (ga_grow(&ga, len + 2) == FAIL) 8315 { 8316 clear_tv(&rettv); 8317 ret = FAIL; 8318 break; 8319 } 8320 if (ga.ga_len) 8321 ((char_u *)(ga.ga_data))[ga.ga_len++] = ' '; 8322 STRCPY((char_u *)(ga.ga_data) + ga.ga_len, p); 8323 ga.ga_len += len; 8324 } 8325 8326 clear_tv(&rettv); 8327 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8328 } 8329 8330 if (ret != FAIL && ga.ga_data != NULL) 8331 { 8332 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echomsg || eap->cmdidx == CMD_echoerr) 8333 { 8334 /* Mark the already saved text as finishing the line, so that what 8335 * follows is displayed on a new line when scrolling back at the 8336 * more prompt. */ 8337 msg_sb_eol(); 8338 } 8339 8340 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echomsg) 8341 { 8342 MSG_ATTR(ga.ga_data, echo_attr); 8343 out_flush(); 8344 } 8345 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echoerr) 8346 { 8347 /* We don't want to abort following commands, restore did_emsg. */ 8348 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 8349 EMSG((char_u *)ga.ga_data); 8350 if (!force_abort) 8351 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 8352 } 8353 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_execute) 8354 do_cmdline((char_u *)ga.ga_data, 8355 eap->getline, eap->cookie, DOCMD_NOWAIT|DOCMD_VERBOSE); 8356 } 8357 8358 ga_clear(&ga); 8359 8360 if (eap->skip) 8361 --emsg_skip; 8362 8363 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8364 } 8365 8366 /* 8367 * Find window specified by "vp" in tabpage "tp". 8368 */ 8369 win_T * 8370 find_win_by_nr( 8371 typval_T *vp, 8372 tabpage_T *tp UNUSED) /* NULL for current tab page */ 8373 { 8374 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8375 win_T *wp; 8376 #endif 8377 int nr; 8378 8379 nr = (int)get_tv_number_chk(vp, NULL); 8380 8381 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8382 if (nr < 0) 8383 return NULL; 8384 if (nr == 0) 8385 return curwin; 8386 8387 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(tp, wp) 8388 { 8389 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8390 { 8391 if (wp->w_id == nr) 8392 return wp; 8393 } 8394 else if (--nr <= 0) 8395 break; 8396 } 8397 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8398 return NULL; 8399 return wp; 8400 #else 8401 if (nr == 0 || nr == 1 || nr == curwin->w_id) 8402 return curwin; 8403 return NULL; 8404 #endif 8405 } 8406 8407 /* 8408 * Find window specified by "wvp" in tabpage "tvp". 8409 */ 8410 win_T * 8411 find_tabwin( 8412 typval_T *wvp, /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current window */ 8413 typval_T *tvp) /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current tab page */ 8414 { 8415 win_T *wp = NULL; 8416 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8417 long n; 8418 8419 if (wvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8420 { 8421 if (tvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8422 { 8423 n = (long)get_tv_number(tvp); 8424 if (n >= 0) 8425 tp = find_tabpage(n); 8426 } 8427 else 8428 tp = curtab; 8429 8430 if (tp != NULL) 8431 wp = find_win_by_nr(wvp, tp); 8432 } 8433 else 8434 wp = curwin; 8435 8436 return wp; 8437 } 8438 8439 /* 8440 * getwinvar() and gettabwinvar() 8441 */ 8442 void 8443 getwinvar( 8444 typval_T *argvars, 8445 typval_T *rettv, 8446 int off) /* 1 for gettabwinvar() */ 8447 { 8448 win_T *win; 8449 char_u *varname; 8450 dictitem_T *v; 8451 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8452 int done = FALSE; 8453 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8454 win_T *oldcurwin; 8455 tabpage_T *oldtabpage; 8456 int need_switch_win; 8457 #endif 8458 8459 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8460 if (off == 1) 8461 tp = find_tabpage((int)get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8462 else 8463 tp = curtab; 8464 #endif 8465 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8466 varname = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8467 ++emsg_off; 8468 8469 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 8470 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8471 8472 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL) 8473 { 8474 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8475 /* Set curwin to be our win, temporarily. Also set the tabpage, 8476 * otherwise the window is not valid. Only do this when needed, 8477 * autocommands get blocked. */ 8478 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8479 if (!need_switch_win 8480 || switch_win(&oldcurwin, &oldtabpage, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8481 #endif 8482 { 8483 if (*varname == '&') 8484 { 8485 if (varname[1] == NUL) 8486 { 8487 /* get all window-local options in a dict */ 8488 dict_T *opts = get_winbuf_options(FALSE); 8489 8490 if (opts != NULL) 8491 { 8492 rettv_dict_set(rettv, opts); 8493 done = TRUE; 8494 } 8495 } 8496 else if (get_option_tv(&varname, rettv, 1) == OK) 8497 /* window-local-option */ 8498 done = TRUE; 8499 } 8500 else 8501 { 8502 /* Look up the variable. */ 8503 /* Let getwinvar({nr}, "") return the "w:" dictionary. */ 8504 v = find_var_in_ht(&win->w_vars->dv_hashtab, 'w', 8505 varname, FALSE); 8506 if (v != NULL) 8507 { 8508 copy_tv(&v->di_tv, rettv); 8509 done = TRUE; 8510 } 8511 } 8512 } 8513 8514 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8515 if (need_switch_win) 8516 /* restore previous notion of curwin */ 8517 restore_win(oldcurwin, oldtabpage, TRUE); 8518 #endif 8519 } 8520 8521 if (!done && argvars[off + 2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8522 /* use the default return value */ 8523 copy_tv(&argvars[off + 2], rettv); 8524 8525 --emsg_off; 8526 } 8527 8528 /* 8529 * "setwinvar()" and "settabwinvar()" functions 8530 */ 8531 void 8532 setwinvar(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv UNUSED, int off) 8533 { 8534 win_T *win; 8535 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8536 win_T *save_curwin; 8537 tabpage_T *save_curtab; 8538 int need_switch_win; 8539 #endif 8540 char_u *varname, *winvarname; 8541 typval_T *varp; 8542 char_u nbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8543 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8544 8545 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) 8546 return; 8547 8548 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8549 if (off == 1) 8550 tp = find_tabpage((int)get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8551 else 8552 tp = curtab; 8553 #endif 8554 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8555 varname = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8556 varp = &argvars[off + 2]; 8557 8558 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL && varp != NULL) 8559 { 8560 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8561 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8562 if (!need_switch_win 8563 || switch_win(&save_curwin, &save_curtab, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8564 #endif 8565 { 8566 if (*varname == '&') 8567 { 8568 long numval; 8569 char_u *strval; 8570 int error = FALSE; 8571 8572 ++varname; 8573 numval = (long)get_tv_number_chk(varp, &error); 8574 strval = get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, nbuf); 8575 if (!error && strval != NULL) 8576 set_option_value(varname, numval, strval, OPT_LOCAL); 8577 } 8578 else 8579 { 8580 winvarname = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(varname) + 3); 8581 if (winvarname != NULL) 8582 { 8583 STRCPY(winvarname, "w:"); 8584 STRCPY(winvarname + 2, varname); 8585 set_var(winvarname, varp, TRUE); 8586 vim_free(winvarname); 8587 } 8588 } 8589 } 8590 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8591 if (need_switch_win) 8592 restore_win(save_curwin, save_curtab, TRUE); 8593 #endif 8594 } 8595 } 8596 8597 /* 8598 * Skip over the name of an option: "&option", "&g:option" or "&l:option". 8599 * "arg" points to the "&" or '+' when called, to "option" when returning. 8600 * Returns NULL when no option name found. Otherwise pointer to the char 8601 * after the option name. 8602 */ 8603 static char_u * 8604 find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags) 8605 { 8606 char_u *p = *arg; 8607 8608 ++p; 8609 if (*p == 'g' && p[1] == ':') 8610 { 8611 *opt_flags = OPT_GLOBAL; 8612 p += 2; 8613 } 8614 else if (*p == 'l' && p[1] == ':') 8615 { 8616 *opt_flags = OPT_LOCAL; 8617 p += 2; 8618 } 8619 else 8620 *opt_flags = 0; 8621 8622 if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8623 return NULL; 8624 *arg = p; 8625 8626 if (p[0] == 't' && p[1] == '_' && p[2] != NUL && p[3] != NUL) 8627 p += 4; /* termcap option */ 8628 else 8629 while (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8630 ++p; 8631 return p; 8632 } 8633 8634 /* 8635 * Return the autoload script name for a function or variable name. 8636 * Returns NULL when out of memory. 8637 */ 8638 char_u * 8639 autoload_name(char_u *name) 8640 { 8641 char_u *p; 8642 char_u *scriptname; 8643 8644 /* Get the script file name: replace '#' with '/', append ".vim". */ 8645 scriptname = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 14)); 8646 if (scriptname == NULL) 8647 return FALSE; 8648 STRCPY(scriptname, "autoload/"); 8649 STRCAT(scriptname, name); 8650 *vim_strrchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) = NUL; 8651 STRCAT(scriptname, ".vim"); 8652 while ((p = vim_strchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR)) != NULL) 8653 *p = '/'; 8654 return scriptname; 8655 } 8656 8657 /* 8658 * If "name" has a package name try autoloading the script for it. 8659 * Return TRUE if a package was loaded. 8660 */ 8661 int 8662 script_autoload( 8663 char_u *name, 8664 int reload) /* load script again when already loaded */ 8665 { 8666 char_u *p; 8667 char_u *scriptname, *tofree; 8668 int ret = FALSE; 8669 int i; 8670 8671 /* If there is no '#' after name[0] there is no package name. */ 8672 p = vim_strchr(name, AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 8673 if (p == NULL || p == name) 8674 return FALSE; 8675 8676 tofree = scriptname = autoload_name(name); 8677 8678 /* Find the name in the list of previously loaded package names. Skip 8679 * "autoload/", it's always the same. */ 8680 for (i = 0; i < ga_loaded.ga_len; ++i) 8681 if (STRCMP(((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[i] + 9, scriptname + 9) == 0) 8682 break; 8683 if (!reload && i < ga_loaded.ga_len) 8684 ret = FALSE; /* was loaded already */ 8685 else 8686 { 8687 /* Remember the name if it wasn't loaded already. */ 8688 if (i == ga_loaded.ga_len && ga_grow(&ga_loaded, 1) == OK) 8689 { 8690 ((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[ga_loaded.ga_len++] = scriptname; 8691 tofree = NULL; 8692 } 8693 8694 /* Try loading the package from $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/<name>.vim */ 8695 if (source_runtime(scriptname, 0) == OK) 8696 ret = TRUE; 8697 } 8698 8699 vim_free(tofree); 8700 return ret; 8701 } 8702 8703 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(FEAT_SESSION) 8704 typedef enum 8705 { 8706 VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT, /* doesn't start with uppercase */ 8707 VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION, /* starts with uppercase, some lower */ 8708 VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO /* all uppercase */ 8709 } var_flavour_T; 8710 8711 static var_flavour_T var_flavour(char_u *varname); 8712 8713 static var_flavour_T 8714 var_flavour(char_u *varname) 8715 { 8716 char_u *p = varname; 8717 8718 if (ASCII_ISUPPER(*p)) 8719 { 8720 while (*(++p)) 8721 if (ASCII_ISLOWER(*p)) 8722 return VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION; 8723 return VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO; 8724 } 8725 else 8726 return VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT; 8727 } 8728 #endif 8729 8730 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(PROTO) 8731 /* 8732 * Restore global vars that start with a capital from the viminfo file 8733 */ 8734 int 8735 read_viminfo_varlist(vir_T *virp, int writing) 8736 { 8737 char_u *tab; 8738 int type = VAR_NUMBER; 8739 typval_T tv; 8740 void *save_funccal; 8741 8742 if (!writing && (find_viminfo_parameter('!') != NULL)) 8743 { 8744 tab = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line + 1, '\t'); 8745 if (tab != NULL) 8746 { 8747 *tab++ = '\0'; /* isolate the variable name */ 8748 switch (*tab) 8749 { 8750 case 'S': type = VAR_STRING; break; 8751 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8752 case 'F': type = VAR_FLOAT; break; 8753 #endif 8754 case 'D': type = VAR_DICT; break; 8755 case 'L': type = VAR_LIST; break; 8756 case 'X': type = VAR_SPECIAL; break; 8757 } 8758 8759 tab = vim_strchr(tab, '\t'); 8760 if (tab != NULL) 8761 { 8762 tv.v_type = type; 8763 if (type == VAR_STRING || type == VAR_DICT || type == VAR_LIST) 8764 tv.vval.v_string = viminfo_readstring(virp, 8765 (int)(tab - virp->vir_line + 1), TRUE); 8766 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8767 else if (type == VAR_FLOAT) 8768 (void)string2float(tab + 1, &tv.vval.v_float); 8769 #endif 8770 else 8771 tv.vval.v_number = atol((char *)tab + 1); 8772 if (type == VAR_DICT || type == VAR_LIST) 8773 { 8774 typval_T *etv = eval_expr(tv.vval.v_string, NULL); 8775 8776 if (etv == NULL) 8777 /* Failed to parse back the dict or list, use it as a 8778 * string. */ 8779 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 8780 else 8781 { 8782 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 8783 tv = *etv; 8784 vim_free(etv); 8785 } 8786 } 8787 8788 /* when in a function use global variables */ 8789 save_funccal = clear_current_funccal(); 8790 set_var(virp->vir_line + 1, &tv, FALSE); 8791 restore_current_funccal(save_funccal); 8792 8793 if (tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 8794 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 8795 else if (tv.v_type == VAR_DICT || tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 8796 clear_tv(&tv); 8797 } 8798 } 8799 } 8800 8801 return viminfo_readline(virp); 8802 } 8803 8804 /* 8805 * Write global vars that start with a capital to the viminfo file 8806 */ 8807 void 8808 write_viminfo_varlist(FILE *fp) 8809 { 8810 hashitem_T *hi; 8811 dictitem_T *this_var; 8812 int todo; 8813 char *s = ""; 8814 char_u *p; 8815 char_u *tofree; 8816 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8817 8818 if (find_viminfo_parameter('!') == NULL) 8819 return; 8820 8821 fputs(_("\n# global variables:\n"), fp); 8822 8823 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 8824 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 8825 { 8826 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 8827 { 8828 --todo; 8829 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 8830 if (var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO) 8831 { 8832 switch (this_var->di_tv.v_type) 8833 { 8834 case VAR_STRING: s = "STR"; break; 8835 case VAR_NUMBER: s = "NUM"; break; 8836 case VAR_FLOAT: s = "FLO"; break; 8837 case VAR_DICT: s = "DIC"; break; 8838 case VAR_LIST: s = "LIS"; break; 8839 case VAR_SPECIAL: s = "XPL"; break; 8840 8841 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 8842 case VAR_FUNC: 8843 case VAR_PARTIAL: 8844 case VAR_JOB: 8845 case VAR_CHANNEL: 8846 continue; 8847 } 8848 fprintf(fp, "!%s\t%s\t", this_var->di_key, s); 8849 p = echo_string(&this_var->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0); 8850 if (p != NULL) 8851 viminfo_writestring(fp, p); 8852 vim_free(tofree); 8853 } 8854 } 8855 } 8856 } 8857 #endif 8858 8859 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(PROTO) 8860 int 8861 store_session_globals(FILE *fd) 8862 { 8863 hashitem_T *hi; 8864 dictitem_T *this_var; 8865 int todo; 8866 char_u *p, *t; 8867 8868 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 8869 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 8870 { 8871 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 8872 { 8873 --todo; 8874 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 8875 if ((this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER 8876 || this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 8877 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 8878 { 8879 /* Escape special characters with a backslash. Turn a LF and 8880 * CR into \n and \r. */ 8881 p = vim_strsave_escaped(get_tv_string(&this_var->di_tv), 8882 (char_u *)"\\\"\n\r"); 8883 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ 8884 break; 8885 for (t = p; *t != NUL; ++t) 8886 if (*t == '\n') 8887 *t = 'n'; 8888 else if (*t == '\r') 8889 *t = 'r'; 8890 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%s%c", 8891 this_var->di_key, 8892 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 8893 : ' ', 8894 p, 8895 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 8896 : ' ') < 0) 8897 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 8898 { 8899 vim_free(p); 8900 return FAIL; 8901 } 8902 vim_free(p); 8903 } 8904 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8905 else if (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT 8906 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 8907 { 8908 float_T f = this_var->di_tv.vval.v_float; 8909 int sign = ' '; 8910 8911 if (f < 0) 8912 { 8913 f = -f; 8914 sign = '-'; 8915 } 8916 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%f", 8917 this_var->di_key, sign, f) < 0) 8918 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 8919 return FAIL; 8920 } 8921 #endif 8922 } 8923 } 8924 return OK; 8925 } 8926 #endif 8927 8928 /* 8929 * Display script name where an item was last set. 8930 * Should only be invoked when 'verbose' is non-zero. 8931 */ 8932 void 8933 last_set_msg(scid_T scriptID) 8934 { 8935 char_u *p; 8936 8937 if (scriptID != 0) 8938 { 8939 p = home_replace_save(NULL, get_scriptname(scriptID)); 8940 if (p != NULL) 8941 { 8942 verbose_enter(); 8943 MSG_PUTS(_("\n\tLast set from ")); 8944 MSG_PUTS(p); 8945 vim_free(p); 8946 verbose_leave(); 8947 } 8948 } 8949 } 8950 8951 /* reset v:option_new, v:option_old and v:option_type */ 8952 void 8953 reset_v_option_vars(void) 8954 { 8955 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_NEW, NULL, -1); 8956 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_OLD, NULL, -1); 8957 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_TYPE, NULL, -1); 8958 } 8959 8960 /* 8961 * Prepare "gap" for an assert error and add the sourcing position. 8962 */ 8963 void 8964 prepare_assert_error(garray_T *gap) 8965 { 8966 char buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8967 8968 ga_init2(gap, 1, 100); 8969 if (sourcing_name != NULL) 8970 { 8971 ga_concat(gap, sourcing_name); 8972 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 8973 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" "); 8974 } 8975 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 8976 { 8977 sprintf(buf, "line %ld", (long)sourcing_lnum); 8978 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)buf); 8979 } 8980 if (sourcing_name != NULL || sourcing_lnum > 0) 8981 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)": "); 8982 } 8983 8984 /* 8985 * Add an assert error to v:errors. 8986 */ 8987 void 8988 assert_error(garray_T *gap) 8989 { 8990 struct vimvar *vp = &vimvars[VV_ERRORS]; 8991 8992 if (vp->vv_type != VAR_LIST || vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list == NULL) 8993 /* Make sure v:errors is a list. */ 8994 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 8995 list_append_string(vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list, gap->ga_data, gap->ga_len); 8996 } 8997 8998 void 8999 assert_equal_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 9000 { 9001 garray_T ga; 9002 9003 if (tv_equal(&argvars[0], &argvars[1], FALSE, FALSE) 9004 != (atype == ASSERT_EQUAL)) 9005 { 9006 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9007 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 9008 atype); 9009 assert_error(&ga); 9010 ga_clear(&ga); 9011 } 9012 } 9013 9014 void 9015 assert_match_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 9016 { 9017 garray_T ga; 9018 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN]; 9019 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 9020 char_u *pat = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[0], buf1); 9021 char_u *text = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf2); 9022 9023 if (pat == NULL || text == NULL) 9024 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 9025 else if (pattern_match(pat, text, FALSE) != (atype == ASSERT_MATCH)) 9026 { 9027 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9028 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 9029 atype); 9030 assert_error(&ga); 9031 ga_clear(&ga); 9032 } 9033 } 9034 9035 void 9036 assert_inrange(typval_T *argvars) 9037 { 9038 garray_T ga; 9039 int error = FALSE; 9040 varnumber_T lower = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error); 9041 varnumber_T upper = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[1], &error); 9042 varnumber_T actual = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[2], &error); 9043 char_u *tofree; 9044 char msg[200]; 9045 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9046 9047 if (error) 9048 return; 9049 if (actual < lower || actual > upper) 9050 { 9051 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9052 if (argvars[3].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9053 { 9054 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&argvars[3], &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9055 vim_free(tofree); 9056 } 9057 else 9058 { 9059 vim_snprintf(msg, 200, "Expected range %ld - %ld, but got %ld", 9060 (long)lower, (long)upper, (long)actual); 9061 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)msg); 9062 } 9063 assert_error(&ga); 9064 ga_clear(&ga); 9065 } 9066 } 9067 9068 /* 9069 * Common for assert_true() and assert_false(). 9070 */ 9071 void 9072 assert_bool(typval_T *argvars, int isTrue) 9073 { 9074 int error = FALSE; 9075 garray_T ga; 9076 9077 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_SPECIAL 9078 && argvars[0].vval.v_number == (isTrue ? VVAL_TRUE : VVAL_FALSE)) 9079 return; 9080 if (argvars[0].v_type != VAR_NUMBER 9081 || (get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error) == 0) == isTrue 9082 || error) 9083 { 9084 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9085 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], 9086 (char_u *)(isTrue ? "True" : "False"), 9087 NULL, &argvars[0], ASSERT_OTHER); 9088 assert_error(&ga); 9089 ga_clear(&ga); 9090 } 9091 } 9092 9093 void 9094 assert_report(typval_T *argvars) 9095 { 9096 garray_T ga; 9097 9098 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9099 ga_concat(&ga, get_tv_string(&argvars[0])); 9100 assert_error(&ga); 9101 ga_clear(&ga); 9102 } 9103 9104 void 9105 assert_exception(typval_T *argvars) 9106 { 9107 garray_T ga; 9108 char_u *error = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9109 9110 if (vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str == NULL) 9111 { 9112 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9113 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"v:exception is not set"); 9114 assert_error(&ga); 9115 ga_clear(&ga); 9116 } 9117 else if (error != NULL 9118 && strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str, (char *)error) == NULL) 9119 { 9120 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9121 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], NULL, &argvars[0], 9122 &vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9123 assert_error(&ga); 9124 ga_clear(&ga); 9125 } 9126 } 9127 9128 void 9129 assert_fails(typval_T *argvars) 9130 { 9131 char_u *cmd = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9132 garray_T ga; 9133 9134 called_emsg = FALSE; 9135 suppress_errthrow = TRUE; 9136 emsg_silent = TRUE; 9137 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 9138 if (!called_emsg) 9139 { 9140 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9141 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"command did not fail: "); 9142 ga_concat(&ga, cmd); 9143 assert_error(&ga); 9144 ga_clear(&ga); 9145 } 9146 else if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9147 { 9148 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9149 char *error = (char *)get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 9150 9151 if (error == NULL 9152 || strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_str, error) == NULL) 9153 { 9154 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9155 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[1], 9156 &vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9157 assert_error(&ga); 9158 ga_clear(&ga); 9159 } 9160 } 9161 9162 called_emsg = FALSE; 9163 suppress_errthrow = FALSE; 9164 emsg_silent = FALSE; 9165 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 9166 set_vim_var_string(VV_ERRMSG, NULL, 0); 9167 } 9168 9169 /* 9170 * Append "str" to "gap", escaping unprintable characters. 9171 * Changes NL to \n, CR to \r, etc. 9172 */ 9173 static void 9174 ga_concat_esc(garray_T *gap, char_u *str) 9175 { 9176 char_u *p; 9177 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9178 9179 if (str == NULL) 9180 { 9181 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"NULL"); 9182 return; 9183 } 9184 9185 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ++p) 9186 switch (*p) 9187 { 9188 case BS: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\b"); break; 9189 case ESC: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\e"); break; 9190 case FF: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\f"); break; 9191 case NL: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\n"); break; 9192 case TAB: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\t"); break; 9193 case CAR: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\r"); break; 9194 case '\\': ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\\\"); break; 9195 default: 9196 if (*p < ' ') 9197 { 9198 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "\\x%02x", *p); 9199 ga_concat(gap, buf); 9200 } 9201 else 9202 ga_append(gap, *p); 9203 break; 9204 } 9205 } 9206 9207 /* 9208 * Fill "gap" with information about an assert error. 9209 */ 9210 void 9211 fill_assert_error( 9212 garray_T *gap, 9213 typval_T *opt_msg_tv, 9214 char_u *exp_str, 9215 typval_T *exp_tv, 9216 typval_T *got_tv, 9217 assert_type_T atype) 9218 { 9219 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9220 char_u *tofree; 9221 9222 if (opt_msg_tv->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9223 { 9224 ga_concat(gap, echo_string(opt_msg_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9225 vim_free(tofree); 9226 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)": "); 9227 } 9228 9229 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH || atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9230 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Pattern "); 9231 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTEQUAL) 9232 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Expected not equal to "); 9233 else 9234 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Expected "); 9235 if (exp_str == NULL) 9236 { 9237 ga_concat_esc(gap, tv2string(exp_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9238 vim_free(tofree); 9239 } 9240 else 9241 ga_concat_esc(gap, exp_str); 9242 if (atype != ASSERT_NOTEQUAL) 9243 { 9244 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH) 9245 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does not match "); 9246 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9247 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does match "); 9248 else 9249 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" but got "); 9250 ga_concat_esc(gap, tv2string(got_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9251 vim_free(tofree); 9252 } 9253 } 9254 9255 9256 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ 9257 9258 9259 #if defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 9260 9261 #ifdef WIN3264 9262 /* 9263 * Functions for ":8" filename modifier: get 8.3 version of a filename. 9264 */ 9265 static int get_short_pathname(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9266 static int shortpath_for_invalid_fname(char_u **fname, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9267 static int shortpath_for_partial(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9268 9269 /* 9270 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fnamep". 9271 * Only works for a valid file name. 9272 * When the path gets longer "fnamep" is changed and the allocated buffer 9273 * is put in "bufp". 9274 * *fnamelen is the length of "fnamep" and set to 0 for a nonexistent path. 9275 * Returns OK on success, FAIL on failure. 9276 */ 9277 static int 9278 get_short_pathname(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen) 9279 { 9280 int l, len; 9281 char_u *newbuf; 9282 9283 len = *fnamelen; 9284 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, len); 9285 if (l > len - 1) 9286 { 9287 /* If that doesn't work (not enough space), then save the string 9288 * and try again with a new buffer big enough. */ 9289 newbuf = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, l); 9290 if (newbuf == NULL) 9291 return FAIL; 9292 9293 vim_free(*bufp); 9294 *fnamep = *bufp = newbuf; 9295 9296 /* Really should always succeed, as the buffer is big enough. */ 9297 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, l+1); 9298 } 9299 9300 *fnamelen = l; 9301 return OK; 9302 } 9303 9304 /* 9305 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fname". The converted 9306 * path is returned in "bufp". 9307 * 9308 * Some of the directories specified in "fname" may not exist. This function 9309 * will shorten the existing directories at the beginning of the path and then 9310 * append the remaining non-existing path. 9311 * 9312 * fname - Pointer to the filename to shorten. On return, contains the 9313 * pointer to the shortened pathname 9314 * bufp - Pointer to an allocated buffer for the filename. 9315 * fnamelen - Length of the filename pointed to by fname 9316 * 9317 * Returns OK on success (or nothing done) and FAIL on failure (out of memory). 9318 */ 9319 static int 9320 shortpath_for_invalid_fname( 9321 char_u **fname, 9322 char_u **bufp, 9323 int *fnamelen) 9324 { 9325 char_u *short_fname, *save_fname, *pbuf_unused; 9326 char_u *endp, *save_endp; 9327 char_u ch; 9328 int old_len, len; 9329 int new_len, sfx_len; 9330 int retval = OK; 9331 9332 /* Make a copy */ 9333 old_len = *fnamelen; 9334 save_fname = vim_strnsave(*fname, old_len); 9335 pbuf_unused = NULL; 9336 short_fname = NULL; 9337 9338 endp = save_fname + old_len - 1; /* Find the end of the copy */ 9339 save_endp = endp; 9340 9341 /* 9342 * Try shortening the supplied path till it succeeds by removing one 9343 * directory at a time from the tail of the path. 9344 */ 9345 len = 0; 9346 for (;;) 9347 { 9348 /* go back one path-separator */ 9349 while (endp > save_fname && !after_pathsep(save_fname, endp + 1)) 9350 --endp; 9351 if (endp <= save_fname) 9352 break; /* processed the complete path */ 9353 9354 /* 9355 * Replace the path separator with a NUL and try to shorten the 9356 * resulting path. 9357 */ 9358 ch = *endp; 9359 *endp = 0; 9360 short_fname = save_fname; 9361 len = (int)STRLEN(short_fname) + 1; 9362 if (get_short_pathname(&short_fname, &pbuf_unused, &len) == FAIL) 9363 { 9364 retval = FAIL; 9365 goto theend; 9366 } 9367 *endp = ch; /* preserve the string */ 9368 9369 if (len > 0) 9370 break; /* successfully shortened the path */ 9371 9372 /* failed to shorten the path. Skip the path separator */ 9373 --endp; 9374 } 9375 9376 if (len > 0) 9377 { 9378 /* 9379 * Succeeded in shortening the path. Now concatenate the shortened 9380 * path with the remaining path at the tail. 9381 */ 9382 9383 /* Compute the length of the new path. */ 9384 sfx_len = (int)(save_endp - endp) + 1; 9385 new_len = len + sfx_len; 9386 9387 *fnamelen = new_len; 9388 vim_free(*bufp); 9389 if (new_len > old_len) 9390 { 9391 /* There is not enough space in the currently allocated string, 9392 * copy it to a buffer big enough. */ 9393 *fname = *bufp = vim_strnsave(short_fname, new_len); 9394 if (*fname == NULL) 9395 { 9396 retval = FAIL; 9397 goto theend; 9398 } 9399 } 9400 else 9401 { 9402 /* Transfer short_fname to the main buffer (it's big enough), 9403 * unless get_short_pathname() did its work in-place. */ 9404 *fname = *bufp = save_fname; 9405 if (short_fname != save_fname) 9406 vim_strncpy(save_fname, short_fname, len); 9407 save_fname = NULL; 9408 } 9409 9410 /* concat the not-shortened part of the path */ 9411 vim_strncpy(*fname + len, endp, sfx_len); 9412 (*fname)[new_len] = NUL; 9413 } 9414 9415 theend: 9416 vim_free(pbuf_unused); 9417 vim_free(save_fname); 9418 9419 return retval; 9420 } 9421 9422 /* 9423 * Get a pathname for a partial path. 9424 * Returns OK for success, FAIL for failure. 9425 */ 9426 static int 9427 shortpath_for_partial( 9428 char_u **fnamep, 9429 char_u **bufp, 9430 int *fnamelen) 9431 { 9432 int sepcount, len, tflen; 9433 char_u *p; 9434 char_u *pbuf, *tfname; 9435 int hasTilde; 9436 9437 /* Count up the path separators from the RHS.. so we know which part 9438 * of the path to return. */ 9439 sepcount = 0; 9440 for (p = *fnamep; p < *fnamep + *fnamelen; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 9441 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 9442 ++sepcount; 9443 9444 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 9445 hasTilde = (**fnamep == '~'); 9446 if (hasTilde) 9447 pbuf = tfname = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9448 else 9449 pbuf = tfname = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 9450 9451 len = tflen = (int)STRLEN(tfname); 9452 9453 if (get_short_pathname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 9454 return FAIL; 9455 9456 if (len == 0) 9457 { 9458 /* Don't have a valid filename, so shorten the rest of the 9459 * path if we can. This CAN give us invalid 8.3 filenames, but 9460 * there's not a lot of point in guessing what it might be. 9461 */ 9462 len = tflen; 9463 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 9464 return FAIL; 9465 } 9466 9467 /* Count the paths backward to find the beginning of the desired string. */ 9468 for (p = tfname + len - 1; p >= tfname; --p) 9469 { 9470 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9471 if (has_mbyte) 9472 p -= mb_head_off(tfname, p); 9473 #endif 9474 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 9475 { 9476 if (sepcount == 0 || (hasTilde && sepcount == 1)) 9477 break; 9478 else 9479 sepcount --; 9480 } 9481 } 9482 if (hasTilde) 9483 { 9484 --p; 9485 if (p >= tfname) 9486 *p = '~'; 9487 else 9488 return FAIL; 9489 } 9490 else 9491 ++p; 9492 9493 /* Copy in the string - p indexes into tfname - allocated at pbuf */ 9494 vim_free(*bufp); 9495 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 9496 *bufp = pbuf; 9497 *fnamep = p; 9498 9499 return OK; 9500 } 9501 #endif /* WIN3264 */ 9502 9503 /* 9504 * Adjust a filename, according to a string of modifiers. 9505 * *fnamep must be NUL terminated when called. When returning, the length is 9506 * determined by *fnamelen. 9507 * Returns VALID_ flags or -1 for failure. 9508 * When there is an error, *fnamep is set to NULL. 9509 */ 9510 int 9511 modify_fname( 9512 char_u *src, /* string with modifiers */ 9513 int *usedlen, /* characters after src that are used */ 9514 char_u **fnamep, /* file name so far */ 9515 char_u **bufp, /* buffer for allocated file name or NULL */ 9516 int *fnamelen) /* length of fnamep */ 9517 { 9518 int valid = 0; 9519 char_u *tail; 9520 char_u *s, *p, *pbuf; 9521 char_u dirname[MAXPATHL]; 9522 int c; 9523 int has_fullname = 0; 9524 #ifdef WIN3264 9525 char_u *fname_start = *fnamep; 9526 int has_shortname = 0; 9527 #endif 9528 9529 repeat: 9530 /* ":p" - full path/file_name */ 9531 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'p') 9532 { 9533 has_fullname = 1; 9534 9535 valid |= VALID_PATH; 9536 *usedlen += 2; 9537 9538 /* Expand "~/path" for all systems and "~user/path" for Unix and VMS */ 9539 if ((*fnamep)[0] == '~' 9540 #if !defined(UNIX) && !(defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME)) 9541 && ((*fnamep)[1] == '/' 9542 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 9543 || (*fnamep)[1] == '\\' 9544 # endif 9545 || (*fnamep)[1] == NUL) 9546 9547 #endif 9548 ) 9549 { 9550 *fnamep = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9551 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9552 *bufp = *fnamep; 9553 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9554 return -1; 9555 } 9556 9557 /* When "/." or "/.." is used: force expansion to get rid of it. */ 9558 for (p = *fnamep; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 9559 { 9560 if (vim_ispathsep(*p) 9561 && p[1] == '.' 9562 && (p[2] == NUL 9563 || vim_ispathsep(p[2]) 9564 || (p[2] == '.' 9565 && (p[3] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(p[3]))))) 9566 break; 9567 } 9568 9569 /* FullName_save() is slow, don't use it when not needed. */ 9570 if (*p != NUL || !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 9571 { 9572 *fnamep = FullName_save(*fnamep, *p != NUL); 9573 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9574 *bufp = *fnamep; 9575 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9576 return -1; 9577 } 9578 9579 #ifdef WIN3264 9580 # if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0500 9581 if (vim_strchr(*fnamep, '~') != NULL) 9582 { 9583 /* Expand 8.3 filename to full path. Needed to make sure the same 9584 * file does not have two different names. 9585 * Note: problem does not occur if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500. */ 9586 p = alloc(_MAX_PATH + 1); 9587 if (p != NULL) 9588 { 9589 if (GetLongPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)p, _MAX_PATH)) 9590 { 9591 vim_free(*bufp); 9592 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9593 } 9594 else 9595 vim_free(p); 9596 } 9597 } 9598 # endif 9599 #endif 9600 /* Append a path separator to a directory. */ 9601 if (mch_isdir(*fnamep)) 9602 { 9603 /* Make room for one or two extra characters. */ 9604 *fnamep = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) + 2); 9605 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9606 *bufp = *fnamep; 9607 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9608 return -1; 9609 add_pathsep(*fnamep); 9610 } 9611 } 9612 9613 /* ":." - path relative to the current directory */ 9614 /* ":~" - path relative to the home directory */ 9615 /* ":8" - shortname path - postponed till after */ 9616 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9617 && ((c = src[*usedlen + 1]) == '.' || c == '~' || c == '8')) 9618 { 9619 *usedlen += 2; 9620 if (c == '8') 9621 { 9622 #ifdef WIN3264 9623 has_shortname = 1; /* Postpone this. */ 9624 #endif 9625 continue; 9626 } 9627 pbuf = NULL; 9628 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 9629 if (!has_fullname) 9630 { 9631 if (c == '.' && **fnamep == '~') 9632 p = pbuf = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9633 else 9634 p = pbuf = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 9635 } 9636 else 9637 p = *fnamep; 9638 9639 has_fullname = 0; 9640 9641 if (p != NULL) 9642 { 9643 if (c == '.') 9644 { 9645 mch_dirname(dirname, MAXPATHL); 9646 s = shorten_fname(p, dirname); 9647 if (s != NULL) 9648 { 9649 *fnamep = s; 9650 if (pbuf != NULL) 9651 { 9652 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9653 *bufp = pbuf; 9654 pbuf = NULL; 9655 } 9656 } 9657 } 9658 else 9659 { 9660 home_replace(NULL, p, dirname, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 9661 /* Only replace it when it starts with '~' */ 9662 if (*dirname == '~') 9663 { 9664 s = vim_strsave(dirname); 9665 if (s != NULL) 9666 { 9667 *fnamep = s; 9668 vim_free(*bufp); 9669 *bufp = s; 9670 } 9671 } 9672 } 9673 vim_free(pbuf); 9674 } 9675 } 9676 9677 tail = gettail(*fnamep); 9678 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(*fnamep); 9679 9680 /* ":h" - head, remove "/file_name", can be repeated */ 9681 /* Don't remove the first "/" or "c:\" */ 9682 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'h') 9683 { 9684 valid |= VALID_HEAD; 9685 *usedlen += 2; 9686 s = get_past_head(*fnamep); 9687 while (tail > s && after_pathsep(s, tail)) 9688 MB_PTR_BACK(*fnamep, tail); 9689 *fnamelen = (int)(tail - *fnamep); 9690 #ifdef VMS 9691 if (*fnamelen > 0) 9692 *fnamelen += 1; /* the path separator is part of the path */ 9693 #endif 9694 if (*fnamelen == 0) 9695 { 9696 /* Result is empty. Turn it into "." to make ":cd %:h" work. */ 9697 p = vim_strsave((char_u *)"."); 9698 if (p == NULL) 9699 return -1; 9700 vim_free(*bufp); 9701 *bufp = *fnamep = tail = p; 9702 *fnamelen = 1; 9703 } 9704 else 9705 { 9706 while (tail > s && !after_pathsep(s, tail)) 9707 MB_PTR_BACK(*fnamep, tail); 9708 } 9709 } 9710 9711 /* ":8" - shortname */ 9712 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == '8') 9713 { 9714 *usedlen += 2; 9715 #ifdef WIN3264 9716 has_shortname = 1; 9717 #endif 9718 } 9719 9720 #ifdef WIN3264 9721 /* 9722 * Handle ":8" after we have done 'heads' and before we do 'tails'. 9723 */ 9724 if (has_shortname) 9725 { 9726 /* Copy the string if it is shortened by :h and when it wasn't copied 9727 * yet, because we are going to change it in place. Avoids changing 9728 * the buffer name for "%:8". */ 9729 if (*fnamelen < (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) || *fnamep == fname_start) 9730 { 9731 p = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 9732 if (p == NULL) 9733 return -1; 9734 vim_free(*bufp); 9735 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9736 } 9737 9738 /* Split into two implementations - makes it easier. First is where 9739 * there isn't a full name already, second is where there is. */ 9740 if (!has_fullname && !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 9741 { 9742 if (shortpath_for_partial(fnamep, bufp, fnamelen) == FAIL) 9743 return -1; 9744 } 9745 else 9746 { 9747 int l = *fnamelen; 9748 9749 /* Simple case, already have the full-name. 9750 * Nearly always shorter, so try first time. */ 9751 if (get_short_pathname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 9752 return -1; 9753 9754 if (l == 0) 9755 { 9756 /* Couldn't find the filename, search the paths. */ 9757 l = *fnamelen; 9758 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 9759 return -1; 9760 } 9761 *fnamelen = l; 9762 } 9763 } 9764 #endif /* WIN3264 */ 9765 9766 /* ":t" - tail, just the basename */ 9767 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 't') 9768 { 9769 *usedlen += 2; 9770 *fnamelen -= (int)(tail - *fnamep); 9771 *fnamep = tail; 9772 } 9773 9774 /* ":e" - extension, can be repeated */ 9775 /* ":r" - root, without extension, can be repeated */ 9776 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9777 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' || src[*usedlen + 1] == 'r')) 9778 { 9779 /* find a '.' in the tail: 9780 * - for second :e: before the current fname 9781 * - otherwise: The last '.' 9782 */ 9783 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' && *fnamep > tail) 9784 s = *fnamep - 2; 9785 else 9786 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 9787 for ( ; s > tail; --s) 9788 if (s[0] == '.') 9789 break; 9790 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e') /* :e */ 9791 { 9792 if (s > tail) 9793 { 9794 *fnamelen += (int)(*fnamep - (s + 1)); 9795 *fnamep = s + 1; 9796 #ifdef VMS 9797 /* cut version from the extension */ 9798 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 9799 for ( ; s > *fnamep; --s) 9800 if (s[0] == ';') 9801 break; 9802 if (s > *fnamep) 9803 *fnamelen = s - *fnamep; 9804 #endif 9805 } 9806 else if (*fnamep <= tail) 9807 *fnamelen = 0; 9808 } 9809 else /* :r */ 9810 { 9811 if (s > tail) /* remove one extension */ 9812 *fnamelen = (int)(s - *fnamep); 9813 } 9814 *usedlen += 2; 9815 } 9816 9817 /* ":s?pat?foo?" - substitute */ 9818 /* ":gs?pat?foo?" - global substitute */ 9819 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9820 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 's' 9821 || (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g' && src[*usedlen + 2] == 's'))) 9822 { 9823 char_u *str; 9824 char_u *pat; 9825 char_u *sub; 9826 int sep; 9827 char_u *flags; 9828 int didit = FALSE; 9829 9830 flags = (char_u *)""; 9831 s = src + *usedlen + 2; 9832 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g') 9833 { 9834 flags = (char_u *)"g"; 9835 ++s; 9836 } 9837 9838 sep = *s++; 9839 if (sep) 9840 { 9841 /* find end of pattern */ 9842 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 9843 if (p != NULL) 9844 { 9845 pat = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 9846 if (pat != NULL) 9847 { 9848 s = p + 1; 9849 /* find end of substitution */ 9850 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 9851 if (p != NULL) 9852 { 9853 sub = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 9854 str = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 9855 if (sub != NULL && str != NULL) 9856 { 9857 *usedlen = (int)(p + 1 - src); 9858 s = do_string_sub(str, pat, sub, NULL, flags); 9859 if (s != NULL) 9860 { 9861 *fnamep = s; 9862 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(s); 9863 vim_free(*bufp); 9864 *bufp = s; 9865 didit = TRUE; 9866 } 9867 } 9868 vim_free(sub); 9869 vim_free(str); 9870 } 9871 vim_free(pat); 9872 } 9873 } 9874 /* after using ":s", repeat all the modifiers */ 9875 if (didit) 9876 goto repeat; 9877 } 9878 } 9879 9880 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'S') 9881 { 9882 /* vim_strsave_shellescape() needs a NUL terminated string. */ 9883 c = (*fnamep)[*fnamelen]; 9884 if (c != NUL) 9885 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = NUL; 9886 p = vim_strsave_shellescape(*fnamep, FALSE, FALSE); 9887 if (c != NUL) 9888 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = c; 9889 if (p == NULL) 9890 return -1; 9891 vim_free(*bufp); 9892 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9893 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 9894 *usedlen += 2; 9895 } 9896 9897 return valid; 9898 } 9899 9900 /* 9901 * Perform a substitution on "str" with pattern "pat" and substitute "sub". 9902 * When "sub" is NULL "expr" is used, must be a VAR_FUNC or VAR_PARTIAL. 9903 * "flags" can be "g" to do a global substitute. 9904 * Returns an allocated string, NULL for error. 9905 */ 9906 char_u * 9907 do_string_sub( 9908 char_u *str, 9909 char_u *pat, 9910 char_u *sub, 9911 typval_T *expr, 9912 char_u *flags) 9913 { 9914 int sublen; 9915 regmatch_T regmatch; 9916 int i; 9917 int do_all; 9918 char_u *tail; 9919 char_u *end; 9920 garray_T ga; 9921 char_u *ret; 9922 char_u *save_cpo; 9923 char_u *zero_width = NULL; 9924 9925 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, so that the 'l' flag doesn't work here */ 9926 save_cpo = p_cpo; 9927 p_cpo = empty_option; 9928 9929 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 200); 9930 9931 do_all = (flags[0] == 'g'); 9932 9933 regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic; 9934 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 9935 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 9936 { 9937 tail = str; 9938 end = str + STRLEN(str); 9939 while (vim_regexec_nl(®match, str, (colnr_T)(tail - str))) 9940 { 9941 /* Skip empty match except for first match. */ 9942 if (regmatch.startp[0] == regmatch.endp[0]) 9943 { 9944 if (zero_width == regmatch.startp[0]) 9945 { 9946 /* avoid getting stuck on a match with an empty string */ 9947 i = MB_PTR2LEN(tail); 9948 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, 9949 (size_t)i); 9950 ga.ga_len += i; 9951 tail += i; 9952 continue; 9953 } 9954 zero_width = regmatch.startp[0]; 9955 } 9956 9957 /* 9958 * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the substitution 9959 * into. It will contain: 9960 * - The text up to where the match is. 9961 * - The substituted text. 9962 * - The text after the match. 9963 */ 9964 sublen = vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, tail, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 9965 if (ga_grow(&ga, (int)((end - tail) + sublen - 9966 (regmatch.endp[0] - regmatch.startp[0]))) == FAIL) 9967 { 9968 ga_clear(&ga); 9969 break; 9970 } 9971 9972 /* copy the text up to where the match is */ 9973 i = (int)(regmatch.startp[0] - tail); 9974 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, (size_t)i); 9975 /* add the substituted text */ 9976 (void)vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, (char_u *)ga.ga_data 9977 + ga.ga_len + i, TRUE, TRUE, FALSE); 9978 ga.ga_len += i + sublen - 1; 9979 tail = regmatch.endp[0]; 9980 if (*tail == NUL) 9981 break; 9982 if (!do_all) 9983 break; 9984 } 9985 9986 if (ga.ga_data != NULL) 9987 STRCPY((char *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail); 9988 9989 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 9990 } 9991 9992 ret = vim_strsave(ga.ga_data == NULL ? str : (char_u *)ga.ga_data); 9993 ga_clear(&ga); 9994 if (p_cpo == empty_option) 9995 p_cpo = save_cpo; 9996 else 9997 /* Darn, evaluating {sub} expression or {expr} changed the value. */ 9998 free_string_option(save_cpo); 9999 10000 return ret; 10001 } 10002 10003 static int 10004 filter_map_one(typval_T *tv, typval_T *expr, int map, int *remp) 10005 { 10006 typval_T rettv; 10007 typval_T argv[3]; 10008 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 10009 char_u *s; 10010 int retval = FAIL; 10011 int dummy; 10012 10013 copy_tv(tv, &vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10014 argv[0] = vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv; 10015 argv[1] = vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv; 10016 if (expr->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 10017 { 10018 s = expr->vval.v_string; 10019 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), &rettv, 2, argv, NULL, 10020 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, NULL, NULL) == FAIL) 10021 goto theend; 10022 } 10023 else if (expr->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 10024 { 10025 partial_T *partial = expr->vval.v_partial; 10026 10027 s = partial_name(partial); 10028 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), &rettv, 2, argv, NULL, 10029 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, partial, NULL) == FAIL) 10030 goto theend; 10031 } 10032 else 10033 { 10034 s = get_tv_string_buf_chk(expr, buf); 10035 if (s == NULL) 10036 goto theend; 10037 s = skipwhite(s); 10038 if (eval1(&s, &rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 10039 goto theend; 10040 if (*s != NUL) /* check for trailing chars after expr */ 10041 { 10042 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), s); 10043 goto theend; 10044 } 10045 } 10046 if (map) 10047 { 10048 /* map(): replace the list item value */ 10049 clear_tv(tv); 10050 rettv.v_lock = 0; 10051 *tv = rettv; 10052 } 10053 else 10054 { 10055 int error = FALSE; 10056 10057 /* filter(): when expr is zero remove the item */ 10058 *remp = (get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, &error) == 0); 10059 clear_tv(&rettv); 10060 /* On type error, nothing has been removed; return FAIL to stop the 10061 * loop. The error message was given by get_tv_number_chk(). */ 10062 if (error) 10063 goto theend; 10064 } 10065 retval = OK; 10066 theend: 10067 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10068 return retval; 10069 } 10070 10071 10072 /* 10073 * Implementation of map() and filter(). 10074 */ 10075 void 10076 filter_map(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int map) 10077 { 10078 typval_T *expr; 10079 listitem_T *li, *nli; 10080 list_T *l = NULL; 10081 dictitem_T *di; 10082 hashtab_T *ht; 10083 hashitem_T *hi; 10084 dict_T *d = NULL; 10085 typval_T save_val; 10086 typval_T save_key; 10087 int rem; 10088 int todo; 10089 char_u *ermsg = (char_u *)(map ? "map()" : "filter()"); 10090 char_u *arg_errmsg = (char_u *)(map ? N_("map() argument") 10091 : N_("filter() argument")); 10092 int save_did_emsg; 10093 int idx = 0; 10094 10095 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_LIST) 10096 { 10097 if ((l = argvars[0].vval.v_list) == NULL 10098 || (!map && tv_check_lock(l->lv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10099 return; 10100 } 10101 else if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10102 { 10103 if ((d = argvars[0].vval.v_dict) == NULL 10104 || (!map && tv_check_lock(d->dv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10105 return; 10106 } 10107 else 10108 { 10109 EMSG2(_(e_listdictarg), ermsg); 10110 return; 10111 } 10112 10113 expr = &argvars[1]; 10114 /* On type errors, the preceding call has already displayed an error 10115 * message. Avoid a misleading error message for an empty string that 10116 * was not passed as argument. */ 10117 if (expr->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 10118 { 10119 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10120 10121 /* We reset "did_emsg" to be able to detect whether an error 10122 * occurred during evaluation of the expression. */ 10123 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 10124 did_emsg = FALSE; 10125 10126 prepare_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10127 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10128 { 10129 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 10130 10131 ht = &d->dv_hashtab; 10132 hash_lock(ht); 10133 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 10134 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 10135 { 10136 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 10137 { 10138 int r; 10139 10140 --todo; 10141 di = HI2DI(hi); 10142 if (map && 10143 (tv_check_lock(di->di_tv.v_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10144 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10145 break; 10146 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_str = vim_strsave(di->di_key); 10147 r = filter_map_one(&di->di_tv, expr, map, &rem); 10148 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv); 10149 if (r == FAIL || did_emsg) 10150 break; 10151 if (!map && rem) 10152 { 10153 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10154 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10155 break; 10156 dictitem_remove(d, di); 10157 } 10158 } 10159 } 10160 hash_unlock(ht); 10161 } 10162 else 10163 { 10164 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_NUMBER; 10165 10166 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = nli) 10167 { 10168 if (map && tv_check_lock(li->li_tv.v_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10169 break; 10170 nli = li->li_next; 10171 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_nr = idx; 10172 if (filter_map_one(&li->li_tv, expr, map, &rem) == FAIL 10173 || did_emsg) 10174 break; 10175 if (!map && rem) 10176 listitem_remove(l, li); 10177 ++idx; 10178 } 10179 } 10180 10181 restore_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10182 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10183 10184 did_emsg |= save_did_emsg; 10185 } 10186 10187 copy_tv(&argvars[0], rettv); 10188 } 10189 10190 #endif /* defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) */ 10191